SIVACON LV56 Complete English 2011

Power Distribution Boards SIVACON S4Catalogue LV 56 · 2011

SIVACON

Answers for infrastructure.

LV56_2011_umschlag_en.indd 1LV56_2011_umschlag_en.indd 1 04.04.2012 15:17:1204.04.2012 15:17:12

© Siemens AG 2012

Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.1Electrical Installation Technology SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices

E86060-K8250-A101-A2-7600

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.2Electrical Installation Technology SIVACON Switchboards and Distribution Systems

E86060-K8260-A101-A2-7600

SIVACON LV 56Power Distribution Boards SIVACON S4

E86060-K1856-A101-A1-7600

SIVACON 8PS LV 70Busbar Trunking Systems CD-K, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A

E86060-K1870-A101-A6-7600

Products for Automation CA 01and DrivesInteractive Catalog

DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600

Industry MallInformation and Ordering Platformin the Internet:

www.siemens.com/industrymall

Catalog PDFInternet:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

Air circuit breakers · Molded case circuit breakers · Miniature circuit breakers · Residual current protective devices · Fuse systems · Overvoltage protection devices · Switch disconnectors · Switching devices · Transformers, bells and socket outlets · Busbar systems · Measuring devices and power management · Monitoring devices · Software

Switchboards · Busbar trunking systems · System cubicles and cubicle lighting · Cubicle air-conditioning · Distribution boards · Terminal blocks

Power distribution boards · Standard configurations · Cubi-cles, supporting structure and enclosure · Busbar systems · Assembly kits for protection and switching devices · Covers, modular doors, mounting plates and 19" racks · Internal sepa-ration · System air-conditioning · Accessories

Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview · CD-K System (25 A ... 40 A) · BD 01 System (40 A ... 160 A) · BD2 System (160 A ... 1250 A)

All products of automation, drives and installation technology, including those in the catalogs listed above.

All products of automation, drives and installation technology, including those in the catalogs listed above.

All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation technology can be downloaded as PDF files.

Trademarks

All product designations may be registered trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trade-mark owners.

Further information about low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation is available on the Internet at:www.siemens.com/industrymall

Technical Support

Expert advice on technical questions with a wide range of demand-optimized services for all our products and systems.

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support

LV56_U2_ICLV.fm Seite 1 Montag, 23. April 2012 2:38 14

© Siemens AG 2012

SIVACONPower Distribution Boards SIVACON S4

Catalogue LV 56 · 2011

With commercial data valid in Germany from November 2011

Supersedes:Catalogue LV 56 · 2008

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalogue:www.siemens.com/industrymall

The products in this catalogue can also be found in the interactive catalogue CA 01.Order No.:E86060-D4001-A510-D1-7600

Contact your local Siemens sales office for further information.

© Siemens AG 2012

The products and systems listed in this catalogue are developed and manufactured using a VDE-approved quality management system according to DIN EN ISO 9001:2000.

Introduction 1

System Overview 2

Standard Configurations 3

Cubicles, Supporting Structure and Enclosure

4

Busbar Systems 5

Assembly Kits for Protection and Switching Devices

6

Covers, Modular Doors,Mounting Plates and 19" Racks

7

Internal Separation 8

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning 9

Accessories 10

Mechanical Dimensions 11

Planning and Configuration 12

Appendix 13

LV56_EN.book Seite 1 Freitag, 20. April 2012 1:44 13

© Siemens AG 2012

1/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

The right one for everyone

Our portfolio includes switchboards, bus-bar trunking systems, distribution boards, protection, switching, measuring and monitoring devices, building manage-ment systems, switches and socket out-lets. All over the world, the universality, modularity and intelligence of our compo-nents and systems give you innumerable benefits – all the time they are in use. De-veloped according to the respective inter-national standards, we offer forward-looking design with innovative functions and ensure the highest quality standards worldwide.

Sustainability in focus

As a worldwide leader in the provision of high-quality, standards-compliant prod-ucts and systems for low-voltage power distribution, we contribute to the sustain-able and responsible handling of electrical energy. With our integrated portfolio of energy saving and distribution through short circuit protection and overload pro-tection through to energy management, we support the implementation of envi-ronmentally friendly energy concepts on the basis of wind power, photovoltaics, in-telligent buildings and electromobility.


© Siemens AG 2012

1/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Universal, safe and intelligent power distribution

Whether in industrial plants, in infrastructure or in

buildings: Each technical plant depends on the reliable

supply of electricity. Even a short outage can have grave

consequences. We offer the best technology for the

responsible use of electrical energy and at the same time

help to protect people and property and to conserve

natural resources.

We are happy to help you with comprehensive support

from the initial information through to operation. Take a

closer look at all the options available from Siemens.

Everything for power distribution

Consistent solutions are required for elec-tric power distribution in buildings. Our answer is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). TIP stands for innovative products, sys-tems and software tools which ensure the safe and reliable distribution of electric power. They are supplemented by com-munication-capable circuit breakers and modules which connect the power distri-bution system to the building automation system or industrial automation solutions. These in turn can be linked to a compre-hensive energy management system which contributes to optimising the con-sumption of electricity and hence to low-ering the costs of operation.

Excellent support

As a competent and reliable partner, we also offer you comprehensive support – from the initial information, through plan-ning, configuring and ordering to com-missioning, operation and technical sup-port. We know the needs of your working environment and your daily business. Based on this, we give you flexible and high quality support, which allows you to concentrate fully on your customers and their needs.


© Siemens AG 2012

1/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

SelectingFind your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb" navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions. Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations, load them and reset them to their initial status.

OrderingYou can load the products that you have selected in this way into the shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own tem-plates and you will be informed about the availability of the products in your shopping basket. You can load the completed parts lists direct-ly into Excel or Word.

Delivery statusWhen you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confir-mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can easily track the delivery status.

Added value due to additional informationSo you have found your product and want more information about it? In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base, manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documen-tation with My Documentation Manager.Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image database you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics, dimension drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or circuit diagrams which you can download.

Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

Much more than a catalogue.The Industry Mall.

You have a catalogue in your hands that will serve you well for selecting and ordering your products. But have you heard of the electronic online cata-logue (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits?Take a look around it sometime:



© Siemens AG 2012

2 2


2/2 Introduction

2/6 Technical specifications

2/7 Declaration of conformity

System Overview


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Introduction

2/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2

■ Overview

NSW0_00980

SIVACON S4 is a switchgear and controlgear system, type tested (with design verification) according to IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2, for infrastructural power supply applications in administrative and utility buildings, in industrial and service sec-tor facilities, as well as in public buildings such as schools and hospitals. The concept of the SIVACON S4 low-voltage power distribution board is characterised by a high level of personal and machine safety.

SIVACON S4 low-voltage power distribution boards are con-structed according to a modular design system. Thanks to the use of requirement-based, standardised and series-produced assembly kits and the wide range of possible combinations of-fered by SIVACON S4 modular technology, all needs in connec-tion with low-voltage power distribution can be optimally met.


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Introduction

2/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2System

SIVACON S4 is a system of low-voltage power distribution boards for indoor use, panelled on four sides by sheet steel, suit-able for self-standing or wall-mounted installation.

The cubicle

The cubicle framework is constructed from height, width and depth profiles.

This provides the bearing structure supporting all built-in and add-on components. Use of Sendzimir-galvanised frame pro-files and self-tapping screws creates a mechanically highly sta-ble construction with safe earthing of the built-in components.

The enclosure

The enclosure parts enable versions in degrees of protection IP30/31, IP40/41 or IP55. The enclosure parts are coated with RAL7035 powder-paint. In addition to the standard two-way in-terlocking system, the doors can be equipped with numerous types of operating mechanism including rotary handles, with or without locks, to meet any need. Assembly kit covers are se-cured by means of captive quick-release screws. Opening and closing is by rotating the handle by 1/4 turn. Using the hinge op-tion, the covers may be swung open.

Busbar systems

The main busbar system of SIVACON S4 offers an appropriate scaling of rated currents up to 4000 A, matched to the rated currents and short-circuit currents of standard transformers. It is possible to set up power systems such as TN-C, TN-S, IT and TT. Vertical distribution busbar systems are available as cascaded versions up to 1600 A or non-cascaded versions up to 2700 A.

NSW0_00981

Internal separation

Depending on individual requirements, internal separations is available from form 1 to form 4.

Assembly kits

A service-proven and coordinated range of assembly kits is available for SENTRON protection, switching, measuring and monitoring devices. Depth-adjustable modular and section-high mounting plates, covers with or without cut-outs, and cubicle air-conditioning components round off the assembly kit range.


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Introduction

2/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2

■ Benefits

Features at a glance • Controlgear assembly design-tested in accordance with

IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2 • Modular system supplied as a flat pack (supplied as assembly

kits with packaged individual and standard components, in-cluding assembly instructions for do-it-yourself installation)

• Attractive design, innovative ventilation and closing system • Colour RAL 7035 • Doors with universal stop • Degree of protection IP30, IP31, IP40, IP41 and IP55 • Busbar systems up to 4000 A, Icw up to 100 kA (1 s),

Ipk up to 220 kA • Cubicle height 2000 mm • Base height 100 mm or 200 mm • Cubicle width 350 mm, 400 mm, 600 mm, 800 mm, 850 mm,

1000 mm or 1200 mm• Cubicle depth 400, 600 or 800 mm • Assembly kits for SENTRON safety, switching, measuring and

monitoring devices• Assembly kits for copper connection modules for 3WL air cir-

cuit breakers and 3VL moulded case circuit breakers• Internal separation form 1, 2, 3 and 4 • Easy design and configuration with the SIMARIS CFB software

tool

Construction and testing modalities

Switchgear engineers must observe the manufacturer's con-struction and mounting instructions when constructing and mounting the low-voltage switchboard.

The installation and individual testing of the low-voltage boards must be performed according to IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2.

Protection of the environment

To the best of our knowledge, our products do not contain any materials in concentrations or applications whose placing on the market in products is prohibited by the current requirements of Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS).

All the materials used are recyclable.

NSW0_00983


© Siemens AG 2012

2

System Overview

Introduction

2/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Frame

Base corner pieces, with front covers

Lateral base covers

Supporting structure

Top plate

Side panel with design part

Glazed door in Giugiaro design

Cover frame

Cover in front of 200 mm widefunctional compartment

Covers for assembly kits

Partition formain busbar system

Partition forvertical distribution busbars

Main busbars

Vertical distribution busbar systemnon-cascadedRear panel

Mounting plate for switching devices

Bottom plate

PE busbars

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

i201

_183

69


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Technical specifications

2/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2

■ Overview

1) For different ambient temperatures and installation altitudes, take into account the appropriate correction factors (see chapter 12 "Planning and Configuration")

Standards and regulations Design-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly

IEC 61439-1/2, EN 61439-1/2

Air clearance and creepage distances Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 12 kVOvervoltage category IVPollution degree 3

Internal separation 1, 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V

Rated operating voltage (Ue) Up to 690 V

Rated frequency 50/60 Hz

Rated current (In)of (3-pole and 4-pole) busbar systemMain horizontal bars

Rated current Up to 4000 ARated peak withstand current (Ipk) Up to 220 kARated short-time withstand current (Icw) Up to 100 kA, 1s

Protection of people in the event of internal arcsType tested according to IEC 61641, without glazed door

Rated utilisation voltage 400 VRated short-time alternating current 50 kALength of internal arc without extra kit 100 msLength of internal arc with extra kit 300 ms

Surface treatment

Cubicle, interior components, enclosure Sendzimir-galvanised Min. 20 µmEnclosure parts Epoxy polyester resin RAL 7035

Iron phosphatingThickness of coating Min. 70 µm

Insulation class According to IEC 61140, EN 61140 1

Degree of protection According to IEC 60529, EN 60529 IP30, IP31, IP40, IP41, IP55

Resistance to mechanical impacts According to IEC 62262, Paragraph 9.6 IP3X, IK08≥ IP4X, IK10

Additional static loads on frame components

Front frame Swivel 1.0 kgFixed 5.0 kg

Cover With quick-closing screws, height 50-300 mm

0.5 kg

With quick-closing screws, height 350-550 mm

1.0 kg

With quick-closing screws, height 600-800 mm

2.0 kg

With hinges 0.0 kg

Inner door 2.5 kg

Internal door/double door Width 400 mm, 600 mm 10.0 kgWidth 800 mm 5.0 kgWidth 1000 mm, 1200 mm 2.5 kg

Modular door Height 150-200 mm 0.5 kgHeight 250-350 mm 1.5 kgHeight 400-800 mm 3.0 kg

Outer front cover 10.0 kg

Max. construction weightAccording to IEC 62208, Paragraph 9.3, 9.4, type tested with static load by lifting a cubicle

1200 kg

Operating conditions

Ambient temperature1) ≤ 35 °CInstallation altitude ≤ 2000 m

Frame parts 2.5 mm – sheet steel, with 25 mm hole pattern according to DIN 43660

Dimensions

Exterior dimensions Height in mm 2000Width in mm 350, 400, 600, 800, 850, 1000, 1200Depth in mm 400, 600, 800

Base Height in mm 100, 200


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Declaration of conformity

2/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2

■ Overview


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview


2/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2


© Siemens AG 2012

2

System Overview


2/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011


© Siemens AG 2012

System Overview

Notes

2/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

2


© Siemens AG 2012

33


3/2 SIVACON S4 with 3VL moulded case circuit breakers, vertical distribution busbar on the side

3/3 SIVACON S4 with 3WL circuit breakers

3/4 SIVACON S4 cubicle type Economic with 3VL, vertical distri-bution busbar at the rear

3/5 SIVACON S4 with protection and switching devices and modular devices

Standard Configurations


© Siemens AG 2012


SIVACON S4 with 3VL moulded case circuitbreakers, vertical distribution busbar on the side

3/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

3 ■ Overview

Power distribution board data Assembly kits

Height × Width × Depth mm 2000 × 1200 × 400

Height of base mm 100

Degree of protection IP55

Main busbar system without

Distribution busbar system cascaded 1250 A, 50 kA

Front covers, section door

Internal separation 2b

Infeed 3VL 1250 moulded case circuit breaker, cable entry from top, terminals for cables, extended terminal covers

Starters 3VL moulded case circuit breakers, extended terminal covers, modular devices

Order No. Quan-tity

Description

i201_06793

Cubicle, base, supporting structure, enclosure

i201_06795

Busbar systems

i201_06794

Kits for protection and switching devices, busbar connection

Cubicle, base, supporting structure, enclosure8PQ1 202-4BA02 1 Cubicle H2000/W1200/D4008PQ3 000-1BA38 2 Bottom plate partition crossbar D4008PQ3 000-1BA43 2 Exterior intermediate supporting structure8PQ1 012-0BA01 1 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W12008PQ1 010-4BA01 1 Base side covers H100/D4008PQ2 000-6BA04 1 Fixed front frame H1800/W6008PQ2 197-2BA14 1 Outer cover IP55/H1975/B2008PQ2 197-6BA14 1 IP55 glazed door/right/2-way interlock/H1975/W6008PQ2 197-4BA05 1 IP55 door/left/2-way interlock/H1975/W4008PQ2 302-4BA04 1 Bottom plate IP55/W200/D4008PQ2 306-4BA05 1 Bottom plate IP55/W600/D4008PQ2 304-4BA05 1 Bottom plate IP55/W400/D4008PQ2 302-4BA01 1 Top plate IP55/W1200/D4008PQ2 420-2BA01 1 Rear panel IP55/H2000/W12008PQ2 520-4BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D400Busbar systems8PQ4 000-0BA32 1 Support for distribution busbar, cascaded/30 × 308PQ4 000-0BA86 8 Bare copper busbars L2000/30 × 108PQ4 000-0BA85 1 Bare copper busbars L2000/30 × 5Kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular mounting plates8PQ2 020-6BA02 1 Cover for 4 instruments and 1 switch, 72 × 72/H200/W6008PQ6 000-3BA11 1 Kit for 3VL7/3-pole,4-pole/vertical/fixed/H600/W6008PQ2 060-6BA03 1 Cover for 3VL7/3,4-pole/vertical/fixed/H600/W6008PQ2 020-6BA01 1 Cover H200/W6008PQ6 000-3BA36 1 Kit for modular device, single-row/24MW/W6008PQ2 015-6BA07 1 Cover for modular device, single-row/24MW/H150/W6008PQ6 000-3BA18 2 Kit for 3VL2-3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/H200/W6008PQ2 020-6BA04 2 Cover for 3VL1-3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/plug-

in/H200/W6008PQ6 000-2BA87 1 Kit for 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/H250/W6008PQ2 025-6BA02 1 Cover for 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H250/W600Kits for protection and switching devices, busbar connection8PQ6 000-1BA64 2 Distribution busbar connection 3VL3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed8PQ6 000-1BA66 1 Distribution busbar connection 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/fixedInternal separation8PQ4 000-0BA06 1 Separation form 2b for distribution busbar H1900/D400 Accessories8PQ9 400-0BA06 1 SIVACON - SIEMENS cubicle ID plate8PQ3 000-0BA38 1 Cable anchoring brackets profile C30/D400 (600, 800)8PQ9 500-1BA36 1 Flat head square screws DIN 603/M10 × 558PQ9 500-0BA05 1 Hexagonal nuts ISO 4032/M108PQ9 500-0BA60 1 Clamping washer DIN 6796/108PQ9 400-0BA02 1 Busbar connection kit

Cable, conductors, small parts, screws, nuts, washers with locking edges for cable connection


© Siemens AG 2012

3


SIVACON S4 with 3WL circuit breakers

3/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview





Main busbar system Standard at top, 3200 A, 65 kA

Distribution busbar system Cascaded 2 × 1600 A

Front Covers, cubicle panelling


Infeed/starters 3WL air circuit breakers, size II, fixed,connection to distribution busbar,cables from bottom/top,max. 12 cables per phase for M12 cable terminal

Order No. Quan-tity

Description

i201_06796


i201_06798

Busbar systems

i201_06797

Kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular mounting plates

Cubicle, base, supporting structure, enclosure8PQ1 208-6BA01 2 Cubicle H2000/W800/D6008PQ1 204-6BA01 1 Cubicle H2000/W400/D6008PQ3 000-0BA01 2 Interior side upright H1600/D6008PQ3 000-0BA03 1 Interior side upright H1800/D600,8008PQ1 204-4BA05 2 Board coupling kit8PQ1 018-0BA01 2 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W8008PQ1 014-0BA01 1 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W4008PQ1 010-6BA01 1 Base side cover H100/D6008PQ2 000-8BA03 2 Fixed front frame H1600/W8008PQ2 197-4BA02 1 Outer cover IP4X/H1975/W4008PQ2 197-8BA11 2 Cubicle panelling IP3X/H1975/W8008PQ2 308-5BA05 1 Bottom plate IP55/W800/D6008PQ2 308-6BA06 1 Bottom plate IP4X/cable/W800/D6008PQ2 304-6BA05 1 Bottom plate IP55/W400/D6008PQ2 308-6BA03 1 Top plate IP4X/cable/W800/D6008PQ2 308-6BA02 1 Top plate IP4X/W800/D6008PQ2 304-6BA02 1 Top plate IP4X/W400/D6008PQ2 420-8BA02 2 Rear panel IP4X/H2000/W8008PQ2 420-4BA02 1 Rear panel IP4X/H2000/W4008PQ2 520-6BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D600Busbar systems8PQ4 000-0BA04 2 Main busbars holder 3200 A8PQ4 000-0BA37 1 Flying support (reinforcement) for busbar8PQ4 000-0BA82 1 Support for earthing bar PE8PQ4 000-0BA63 2 Support for distribution busbar, cascaded/30 x 408PQ4 000-0BA74 2 Distribution busbar lugs/left/30 x 40/D600, 8008PQ4 000-0BA18 16 Bare copper busbars L2000/50 x 108PQ4 000-0BA17 16 Bare copper busbars L2000/40 x 108PQ4 000-0BA80 2 Bare copper busbars L2000/40 x 5Kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular mounting plates8PQ6 000-3BA32 2 Kit for 3WL11,12/3,4-pole/H550/W8008PQ2 055-8BA05 2 Cover for 3WL12/4-pole/H550/W8008PQ2 055-8BA01 2 Cover H550/W8008PQ2 050-8BA01 2 Cover H500/W800Kits for protection and switching devices, busbar connection8PQ6 000-0BA47 2 Distribution busbar connection 3WL1232/fixed/W8008PQ6 000-0BA65 2 Cable connection 3WL1232/fixed/W800Internal separation8PQ3 000-0BA54 1 Separation form 2b, main busbars/W800/D6008PQ4 000-0BA03 1 Separation form 2b, distribution busbar H1900/D6008PQ4 000-0BA07 1 Separation form 2b, distribution busbar H1600/D6008PQ3 000-0BA82 2 Partition plug-in rail H16008PQ5 000-0BA10 2 Separation form 3 3WL12/3,4-pole/pull-out/H550/W8008PQ5 000-0BA21 2 Separation form 4 3WL12/3,4-pole/distrib.busbar/W8008PQ5 000-0BA38 2 Separation form 4 3WL12/3,4-pole/cable/W8008PQ5 000-0BA38 2 Separation form 4 3WL12/3,4-pole/cable/W800Accessories8PQ9 400-0BA06 1 SIVACON - SIEMENS cubicle ID plate8PQ9 400-0BA02 3 Busbar connection kit8PQ9 500-0BA16 1 Flat head square screws DIN 603/M10 x 458PQ9 500-1BA25 2 Flat head square screws DIN 603/M10 x 658PQ9 500-0BA60 3 Clamping washer DIN 6796/108PQ9 500-0BA05 3 Hexagonal nuts ISO 4032/M108PQ3 000-0BA73 2 Cable anchoring bracket8PQ3 000-0BA43 2 Cable bracket profile C30/W800

Cable, conductors, small parts, screws, nuts, washers with locking edges for cable connection


© Siemens AG 2012


SIVACON S4 cubicle type Economic with 3VL,vertical distribution busbar at the rear

3/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

3 ■ Overview






Distribution busbar system non-cascaded 630 A, 15 kA

Front covers, section door

Internal separation 1

Infeed 3VL 800 moulded case circuit breaker, cable entry from top, terminals for cables, extended terminal covers

Starters 3VL400, 3VT1 moulded case circuit breakers, extended terminal covers, modular devices

Order No. Quan-tity

Description

i201_18335


i201_06801

Busbar systems

i201_18336


Cubicle, base, supporting structure, enclosure8PQ1 206-4BA11 1 Cubicle H2000/W600/D400/ECO8PQ1 208-4BA04 1 Cubicle H2000/W800/D400/ECO8PQ1 204-4BA05 1 Board coupling kit8PQ1 204-4BA04 1 Switchboard coupling gasket IP58PQ1 018-0BA01 1 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W8008PQ1 016-0BA01 1 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W6008PQ1 010-4BA01 1 Base side cover H1008PQ2 000-6BA04 2 Fixed front frame H1800/W6008PQ2 000-2BA01 1 Covers for cable compartment IP3X(H2000/W2008PQ1 000-0BA03 1 Cubicle type Economic upgrade set for main busbars/vertical

busbars/separation8PQ3 000-1BA42 1 Supporting structure for cover8PQ2 197-8BA14 1 IP55 glazed door/2-way interlock/H1975/W8008PQ2 197-6BA10 1 IP55 glazed door/2-way interlock/H1975/W6008PQ2 520-4BA01 1 Side panel with design strip H2000/400Busbar systems8GF5 763 10 Busbar holder 30 × 10.50 mm8PQ4 000-0BA86 8 Bare copper busbars L2000/30 × 108PQ4 000-0BA83 1 Bare copper busbars L2000/20 × 5Kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular mounting plates8PQ2 020-6BA02 1 Cover for 4 instruments, 1 switch 72 × 72/H200/W6008PQ2 060-6BA04 3 Cover for modular device, 3-row, 73MW/H600/W6008PQ2 025-6BA15 2 Cover for 3VT1/3,4-pole/vertical/fixed/H250/W6008PQ6 000-3BA36 11 Kit for modular device, single-row/24MW/W6008PQ2 020-6BA01 2 Closed cover H600/W2008PQ3 000-1BA56 1 Modular mounting plate/closed/H200/W6008PQ2 035-6BA22 1 Cover for 3VL6/3-pole/horizontal/fixed/H350/W6008PQ6 000-5BA03 1 Assembly kit for 3VL6/3-pole/horizontal/fixed/H350/W6008PQ2 020-6BA06 1 Cover for 3VL4/3-pole/horizontal/fixed/H200/W6008PQ6 000-2BA84 1 Assembly kit for 3VL4/3-pole/horizontal/fixed/H200/W6008PQ2 015-6BA02 1 Closed cover W600/H150Accessories8PQ9 400-0BA07 2 SIVACON - SIEMENS cubicle ID plate8PQ3 000-0BA73 1 Cable anchoring bracket8PQ3 000-0BA42 1 Cable bracket profile C30/W6008PQ6 000-0BA17 1 Support for cable duct8PQ9 600-0BA02 1 DIN-Al double profile bar 35 mm/L1600 mm

Cable, conductors, small parts, screws, nuts, washers with lock-ing edges for cable connection


© Siemens AG 2012

3


SIVACON S4 with protection and switchingdevices and modular devices

3/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview






Distribution busbar system cascaded 1600 A, 50 kA, 50 mm system

Front covers, glazed door


Infeed 3WL air circuit breakers, size I, fixed, central connection to main busbar,cable entry from bottom/top

Starters 3VL moulded case circuit breakers with rear attach-ments for cable connection at the rearModular devices

Order No. Quan-tity

Description

i201_06802


i201_06804

Busbar systems

i201_06803


Cubicle, base, supporting structure, enclosure8PQ1 206-6BA01 1 Cubicle H2000/W600/D6008PQ1 208-6BA01 2 Cubicle H2000/W800/D6008PQ3 000-1BA40 2 Bottom plate partition crossbar D6008PQ3 000-0BA03 3 Interior side upright H1800/D600,8008PQ3 000-1BA36 2 Interior side upright H1800/D6008PQ3 000-1BA42 2 Exterior intermediate upright8PQ1 204-4BA05 2 Board coupling kit8PQ1 016-0BA01 1 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W6008PQ1 018-0BA01 2 Base corner pieces with front cover H100/W8008PQ1 010-6BA01 1 Base side cover H100/D6008PQ2 000-6BA04 3 Fixed front frame H1800/W6008PQ2 000-2BA01 2 Cover for cable compartment IP3X/H2000/W2008PQ2 197-6BA10 1 IP55 glazed door/left/2-way interlock/H1975/W6008PQ2 197-8BA10 2 IP55 glazed door/left/2-way interlock/H1975/W8008PQ2 302-6BA04 2 Bottom plate IP55/W200/D6008PQ2 306-6BA05 3 Bottom plate IP55/W600/D6008PQ2 306-6BA02 1 Top plate IP4X/W600/D6008PQ2 308-6BA02 2 Top plate IP4X/W800/D6008PQ2 420-6BA02 1 Rear panel IP4X/H2000/W6008PQ2 420-8BA02 2 Rear panel IP4X/H2000/W8008PQ2 520-6BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D600Busbar systems8PQ4 000-0BA63 2 Support for distribution busbar, cascaded/30 × 408PQ4 000-0BA82 1 Support for earthing bar PE8GF5 762 4 Busbar holder 20 × 5, 50 mm8PQ4 000-0BA17 16 Bare copper busbars L2000/40 × 108PQ4 000-0BA83 9 Bare copper busbars L2000/20 × 5Kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular mounting plates8PQ6 000-3BA31 2 Kit for 3WL11/3,4-pole/3WL12/3-pole/H550/W6008PQ2 055-6BA07 2 Cover for 3WL11/4-pole/H550/W6008PQ6 000-2BA87 2 Kit for 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/H250/W6008PQ2 025-6BA02 2 Cover for 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H250/W6008PQ6 000-3BA18 2 Kit for 3VL2-3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/H200/W6008PQ2 020-6BA04 2 Cover for 3VL1-3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H200/W6008PQ6 000-3BA10 1 Kit for 3VL5/4-pole/horizontal/H350/W6008PQ2 035-6BA04 1 Cover for 3VL5/4-pole/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H350/B6008PQ6 000-3BA36 6 Kit for modular device, single-row/24MW/W6008PQ2 020-6BA12 6 Cover for modular device, single-row/24MW/H200/W6008PQ3 000-1BA65 1 Modular mounting plate/closed/H600/W6008PQ2 040-6BA01 1 Cover H400/W6008PQ2 060-6BA01 1 Cover H600/W6008PQ2 030-6BA01 2 Cover H300/W6008PQ2 025-6BA01 1 Cover H250/W600Kits for protection and switching devices, busbar connection8PQ6 000-0BA34 3 Distribution busbar connection 3WL1116/fixed/W6008PQ6 000-0BA52 1 Cable connection 3WL1116/fixed/W6008PQ6 000-1BA64 2 Distribution busbar connection 3VL3/4-pole/horizontal/fixed8PQ6 000-1BA66 2 Distribution busbar connection 3VL4/4-pole/horizontal/fixed8PQ6 000-1BA68 1 Distribution busbar connection 3VL5/4-pole/horizontal/fixedInternal separation8PQ4 000-0BA03 2 Separation form 2b, distribution busbar H1900/D6008PQ3 000-0BA83 3 Plug-in rail for crossbars and partitions H18008PQ5 000-2BA61 7 Separation form 3 horizontal/W6008PQ5 000-2BA57 1 Separation form 3 vertical/rear/H350/W6008PQ5 000-2BA36 1 Separation form 3 vertical/side/H3508PQ5 000-2BA54 2 Separation form 3 vertical/rear/H200/W6008PQ5 000-2BA30 2 Separation form 3 vertical/side/..250A/H2008PQ5 000-0BA07 2 Separation form 3 3WL11/3,4-pole/pull-out/H550/W6008PQ5 000-0BA30 3 Separation form 4 3WL11/3,4-pole/cable/W6008PQ5 000-0BA14 1 Separation form 4 3WL11/3,4-pole/distrib.busbar/W6008PQ5 000-2BA55 2 Separation form 3 vertical/rear/H250/W6008PQ5 000-2BA33 2 Separation form 3 vertical/side/400..630 A/H2508PQ9 400-0BA03 5 Protective bellows


© Siemens AG 2012


SIVACON S4 with protection and switchingdevices and modular devices

3/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

3

Accessories8PQ9 400-0BA06 2 SIVACON - SIEMENS cubicle ID plate8PQ9 400-0BA02 2 Busbar connection kit8PQ9 500-1BA25 2 Flat head square screws DIN 603/M10 × 658PQ9 500-0BA60 2 Clamping washer DIN 6796/108PQ9 500-0BA05 2 Hexagonal nuts ISO 4032/M108PQ3 000-0BA73 1 Cable anchoring bracket8PQ3 000-0BA42 1 Cable bracket profile C30/W600

Screws, nuts, washers with locking edges for cable connection

Order No. Quan-tity

Description


© Siemens AG 2012

44


4/2 General data

Cubicles and supporting structure4/4 with one section4/6 with subdivision into two sections4/8 with subdivision into three sections4/10 Supporting structure for the internal

separation form

Cubicles for simple applications4/11 Cubicle type Economic with one

section4/13 Cubicle type Economic with

subdivision into two sections4/14 Mechanical upgrade kit

4/15 Corner cubicles

4/16 Board coupling kits

4/17 Base

Enclosure4/19 Front frames4/20 Internal covers/outer covers4/21 Cubicle panelling4/22 Cubicle doors with two-way

interlocking system4/23 Cubicle doors

for semi-cylindrical profile4/24 Double cubicle doors4/25 Inner doors4/26 Bottom plates4/27 Top plates4/29 Rear panels4/30 Side panels

Cubicles, Supporting Structureand Enclosure


© Siemens AG 2012


General data

4/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

2

3

45

5

1

6

7

8

9

910

2

3

4

5

1 Cubicle


Glazed door in Giugiaro Design

Rear panel

6 Base cover, side

Side panel with design strip

7

8

9

10

Bottom plate

Top plate

Supporting structure for main busbars in standard positionSupporting structure for main busbars in standard position with riser compartment 600 mm + 200 mm

I201_18204


© Siemens AG 2012


General data

4/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

Cross section of possible combinations of cubicles, supporting structure and enclosures seen from above.

1

23

4

5

6 1

2

3

4

5

6

External intermediate upright for internal coverInternal cover W200

Front frame

Cubicle panelling IP3X or

Cubicle

Section door IP4X IP55I201_18201

I201_18202

6

1

2

2

3

45

1

2

3

4

5

6

External intermediate upright for outer cover/doorOuter cover W200, 400 or section door W400, 600

Front frame

Cubicle panelling IP3X or

Cubicle

Section door IP4X IP55

I201_18203

2

2

1

3

4 1

2

3

4

External intermediate upright for outer cover/doorOuter cover W200, 400 or section door W400, 600

Modular door or section door

Cubicle


© Siemens AG 2012

Cubicles, Supporting Structure and EnclosureCubicles and Supporting Structure

with one section

4/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Description

The cubicle is a framework consisting of vertical and horizontal sections plus the fasteners necessary to assemble them.

This provides the bearing structure supporting all built-in and add-on components. Stable and rugged construction is achieved through the use of Sendzimir-galvanised sections and self-tapping screws. Equipotential and safe earthing of all con-stituent parts are also achieved.

The cubicle uprights have holes for anchoring to the base or the floor and for fitting crossbars or eyebolts for board handling pur-

poses. The installation of interior components is facilitated by the presence of height, width and depth locators.

The interior supporting structure is made up of a vertical section, crossbars and fasteners.

In cubicles of various heights and widths it ensures segregation between the equipment compartment and the busbar compart-ment, partitioning the cubicles into equipment compartments and main, or distribution, busbar compartments.

■ Selection and ordering data

The values quoted below are the external dimensions.

A complete configuration is made up of the following elements: cubicle, bottom plate partition crossbar and interior side upright for equipment heights of 1800 mm or 1600 mm.

To assemble two or more cubicles by width or depth, order the board coupling kit for each coupling point.

Configuration Order No. PS/P.unit

i201_06834

CubicleHeight: 2000 mm

Width in mm Depth in mm

350 400 8PQ1 200-4BA15 1 unit600 8PQ1 200-6BA14 1 unit800 8PQ1 200-8BA01 1 unit







i201_xx_06843

Supporting structure with bottom plate partition crossbarfor width 1000 to 1200 mm

Depth in mm Quan-tity

400 1 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit

600 1 8PQ3 000-1BA40 1 unit

800 2 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit

Note

No bottom plate partition crossbar is required for a width from 350 to 800 mm.


© Siemens AG 2012

4


with one section

4/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06844

Interior side uprights, for cubicle without main busbar• Equipment height: 1800 mm• For width from 350 to 1200 mm• For depth from 600 to 800 mm

8PQ3 000-0BA03 1 unit

Note

For a depth of 400 mm the function is realised by the cubicle framework.

i201_06845

Interior side uprights, for cubicle with main busbar• Equipment height: 1600 mm• For width from 350 to 1200 mm

Depth in mm

400 8PQ3 000-0BA65 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA02 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012


with subdivision into two sections

4/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The exterior supporting structure is made up of a vertical section and the relative fasteners.

The exterior supporting structure for internal covers constitutes a cubicle upright that makes it possible to fit a front frame and an internal cover in front of a cubicle part 200 mm in width.

The exterior supporting structure for outer covers/door consti-tutes two cubicle uprights that makes it possible to fit modular doors/a front frame and a modular door/cover.

Cubicle parts in a grid size of 200 mm are possible.



A complete configuration is made up of the following elements: cubicle, bottom plate partition crossbar, interior side upright for an equipment height of 1800 mm or 1600 mm and an exterior in-termediate upright for mounting an inner cover or outer cover/door.

For separation forms >1 when using 200 mm, 400 mm, 600 mm cubicles, as cable compartment or equipment compartment re-quest an additional interior side upright, see page 4/10.

A combination of exterior intermediate upright for internal covers and modular doors is not possible.

To assemble cubicles by width or depth, request the board cou-pling kit for each coupling point.

For 1200 mm wide cubicles it is recommended to use the acces-sory 8PQ9 400-0BA35, bracket for cubicle reinforcement (see page 10/6).


i201_06834







i201_xx_06843



400 1 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit

600 1 8PQ3 000-1BA40 1 unit

800 2 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


with subdivision into two sections

4/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06846


Depth in mm

600 8PQ3 000-0BA03 1 unit8PQ3 000-1BA36 1 unit


Note

For a depth of 400 mm the function is realised by the exterior intermediate upright.

i201_06847


Depth in mm




i201_06848

Exterior intermediate uprights, for internal cover 200 mm• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 to 800 mm• Width: 600 to 1200 mm

8PQ3 000-1BA42 1 unit

Exterior intermediate uprights, for outer cover/cubicle door/modular door• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 to 800 mm• Width: 400 to 1200 mm

8PQ3 000-1BA43 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012


with subdivision into three sections

4/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview




Cubicle parts in a grid size of 200 mm are possible.



A complete configuration is made up of the following elements: cubicle, bottom plate partition crossbar and interior side upright for equipment heights of 1800 mm or 1600 mm and exterior in-termediate upright.

The exterior intermediate upright consists of the following com-bination of:• 2 exterior intermediate uprights for internal cover

or• 1 exterior intermediate upright for internal cover and • 1 exterior intermediate upright for outer cover/door

or• 2 exterior intermediate uprights for outer cover/door





i201_06834






i201_06849



400 2 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit

600 2 8PQ3 000-1BA40 1 unit

800 4 8PQ3 000-1BA38 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


with subdivision into three sections

4/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06850



600 1 8PQ3 000-0BA03 1 unit

2 8PQ3 000-1BA36 1 unit

800 1 8PQ3 000-0BA03 1 unit

2 8PQ3 000-1BA37 1 unit

Note

For a depth of 400 mm the function is realised by the exterior intermediate upright.

i201_06851



400 1 8PQ3 000-0BA65 1 unit

2 8PQ3 000-1BA31 1 unit

600 1 8PQ3 000-0BA01 1 unit

2 8PQ3 000-1BA32 1 unit

800 1 8PQ3 000-0BA02 1 unit

2 8PQ3 000-1BA34 1 unit

i201_06852

Exterior intermediate uprights, for internal cover 200 mm• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 to 800 mm• Width: 800 to 1200 mm

8PQ3 000-1BA42 1 unit

Exterior intermediate uprights, for outer cover/cubicle door/modular door

8PQ3 000-1BA43 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

Cubicles, Supporting Structure and EnclosureCubicles and Supporting StructureSupporting structurefor the internal separation form

4/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The supporting structure is made up of a vertical section, cross-bars and fasteners.

In cubicles of different depths the supporting structure ensures the creation of equipment and cable compartments and divides

the cubicle into equipment compartment, main or distribution busbar compartment as well as cable compartment.


For separation forms 2, 3, 4 and when using 200 mm, 400 mm or 600 mm cubicles, in a cubicle partitioned on the left/right as a

cable compartment or equipment compartment, order a sup-porting structure kit as an additional component.


i201_06853

Interior side uprights, for cubicle without main busbar• Equipment height: 1800 mm• Height: 2000 mm

Depth in mm

4001) 8PQ3 000-1BA42 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA36 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA37 1 unit1) Needed only for exterior intermediate upright for internal covers

i201_06854

Interior side uprights, for cubicle with main busbar• Height: 2000 mm• Equipment height: 1600 mm

Depth in mm

400 8PQ3 000-1BA31 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA32 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA34 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

Cubicles, Supporting Structure and EnclosureCubicles for Simple Applications

Cubicle type Economic with one section

4/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The cubicle type Economic offers economic benefits for simple applications. The cubicle combines rear panel, top and bottom plate and section in a single structure-forming element. Assem-bly is far shorter as the result and there is a significant saving in material. The cubicle rear panel includes locators for installing the optional partitioning and plug-in rails for section-high equip-ment with assembly kits for moulded case circuit breakers and fuse switch disconnectors.

The cubicle type Economic is fully compatible with the standard cubicle and can be coupled to it.

In cubicles of different widths the interior supporting structure ensures the creation of equipment and cable compartments and divides the cubicle into equipment compartment, main or distri-bution busbar compartment as well as cable compartment.

1

2 3

45

6

7

8

9

10

Frame


Lateral base covers

Top plate

Side panel with design part

Glazed door in Giugiaro design

Cover frame

Covers for assembly kits

Rear panel

Bottom plate

11111

22222

33333

55555

66666

77777

88888

1010101010

1515151515

1717171717

I201

_183

64

1

2

3

45

6

Frame

Top plate

Main busbars

Vertical distribution busbar systemnon-cascadedRear panel

Mounting plate for switching devices

11111

55555

1313131313

1414141414

1515151515

1616161616

i201

_183

65


© Siemens AG 2012


Cubicle type Economic with one section

4/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4



A complete configuration is made up of the following elements: cubicle and interior side upright for equipment heights of 1600 mm or 1800 mm.

One mechanical upgrade kit per cubicle must be ordered for us-ing the horizontal main busbar with mounting position at the top or the vertical cubicle distribution busbar. If the cubicle is set up with cable entry at the top, the openings must be closed with

flange plates and cable entry bushes. A selection of various flange plates and cable entry bushes can be found in chapter 10 (Accessories). The number of flange plates is defined by the cu-bicle width (W400 = 2 flange plates, W600 = 4, W800 = 6).

To assemble cubicles by width, request the board coupling kit for each coupling point.


i201_07274

Cubicle type Economic• Height: 2000 mm • Depth: 400 mm

Height in mm

400 8PQ1 204-4BA11 1 unit

600 8PQ1 206-4BA11 1 unit

800 8PQ1 208-4BA04 1 unit

i201_07300


Depth in mm

400 8PQ3 000-0BA65 1 unit

Note

For sections with an equipment height of 1800 mm the function is realised by the cubicle framework.


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Cubicle type Economicwith subdivision into two sections

4/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview




Note: Cubicle parts in a grid size of 200 mm are possible.



A complete configuration is made up of the following elements: cubicle, interior side upright for an equipment height of 1800 mm or 1600 mm and an exterior intermediate upright for mounting an inner cover or outer cover/door.





i201_07274

Cubicle type Economic• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 mm

Width in mm

600 8PQ1 206-4BA11 1 unit

800 8PQ1 208-4BA04 1 unit

i201_07364


Depth in mm

400 8PQ3 000-0BA65 1 unit

8PQ3 000-1BA31 1 unit

Note

For sections with an equipment height of 1800 mm the function is realised by the cubicle framework.

i201_06848

Exterior intermediate uprights, for internal cover 200 mm• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 mm• Width: 600 to 800 mm

8PQ3 000-1BA42 1 unit

Exterior intermediate uprights, for outer cover/cubicle door/modular door• Height: 2000 mm• Depth: 400 mm• Width: 600 to 800 mm

8PQ3 000-1BA43 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Mechanical upgrade kits

4/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The mechanical upgrade kit is made up of supports and the rel-ative fasteners. It is used to secure the busbar holder for the hor-izontal main busbar system in top mounting position, the busbar

holder for the vertical distribution busbar system, and for fitting the components of interior side uprights for cubicles with subdi-vision into two sections.


One mechanical upgrade kit per cubicle must be ordered for equipping the cubicle type Economic with subdivision into two

sections or for using a horizontal main busbar system with mounting position at the top or a vertical cubicle busbar system.


i201_07275

Mechanical upgrade kits 8PQ1 000-0BA03 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Corner cubicles

4/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The conversion kit for corner cubicles modifies a standard cubi-cle for use as a corner cubicle (inside corner 90°). It comprises structural elements, a front cover in Blue Green Basic, a rear panel and the relative fasteners. The overall length of the unit's front increases by 100 mm in both room axes.

i201_07333

Corner cubicle with 90° inner corner made from a standard cu-bicle and the corner cubicle conversion kit


A complete configuration is made up of a standard cubicle with identical width and depth dimensions and the corner cubicle conversion kit. Two rear panels in the width of the standard cu-

bicle and a top and floor plate for corner cubicles must be re-quested separately.


i201_06834


Depth in mm Width in mm

400 400 8PQ1 204-4BA01 1 unit

600 600 8PQ1 206-6BA01 1 unit

800 800 8PQ1 208-8BA01 1 unit

i201_07330

Corner cubicle conversion kitsHeight: 2000 mm

8PQ1 200-0BA03 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Board coupling kits

4/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The kit for coupling two or more boards by width or depth con-sists of fastening plates and screws.

The board coupling gasket kit with degree of protection IP55 consists of a self-adhesive gasket roll.


To assemble two or more cubicles by width or depth, request a board coupling kit for each coupling point.

For IP55 degree of protection, order an IP55 board coupling gasket kit as an additional component.


i201_07329

i201_07328

Board coupling kits

Versions

Board coupling kit 8PQ1 204-4BA05 1 unit

IP55 board coupling gasket kit 8PQ1 204-4BA04 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Base

4/17Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The base kit is made up of the following elements: corner pieces, front covers and the relative fasteners.

Side base covers are available for fitting to the sides. The covers of the base and front are not suitable for board transport and handling.

For special situations, such as moving the cubicles on rollers, an optional base reinforcement kit is available (that can be applied along the width or the depth of the cubicle). Base reinforce-ments are mounted internally behind the front and/or side base covers.


For each board, the base side cover kit must be ordered once for the H100 base and twice for the H200 base.

The H100 base reinforcement must be ordered twice for the H200 base.



Height in mm Width in mm

i201_06826


800 8PQ1 018-0BA01 1 unit850 8PQ1 010-0BA02 1 unit1000 8PQ1 011-0BA01 1 unit1200 8PQ1 012-0BA01 1 unit

i201_06835



i201_06827

Base covers, sideHeight: 100 mm

Depth in mm

400 8PQ1 010-4BA01 2 units600 8PQ1 010-6BA01 2 units800 8PQ1 010-8BA01 2 units

i201_06962

Base corner pieces, with front covers for corner cubicle

Height in mm Depth in mm


i201_07310



© Siemens AG 2012


Base

4/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

i201_06828

Base reinforcementHeight: 100 mm


350 -- 8PQ1 010-0BA06 2 units400 -- 8PQ1 014-0BA02 2 units600 -- 8PQ1 016-0BA02 2 units800 -- 8PQ1 018-0BA02 2 units850 -- 8PQ1 010-0BA07 2 units1000 -- 8PQ1 011-1BA01 2 units1200 -- 8PQ1 012-2BA01 2 units

-- 400 8PQ1 014-0BA02 2 units-- 600 8PQ1 016-0BA02 2 units-- 800 8PQ1 018-0BA02 2 units


NSW0_00971

Transport with base and lift truckNSW0_00972

Transport with reinforced base and rollers


© Siemens AG 2012

4

Cubicles, Supporting Structure and EnclosureEnclosure

Front frames

4/19Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The covers of the various assembly kits are anchored to a front frame by means of quick locking screws (a hinge kit can be an option to obtain a rotary cover). A front frame in fixed or swivel

versions is available. The rotary mechanism enables the frame to be rotated over a 180° angle. This gives full access to the in-terior components of the board.


The front frames are available for 600 mm and 800 mm wide cu-bicles.

H 1600 mm front frame for assembly kits with built-in covers for main busbar systems and earthing bars.

For an exact selection, see also the notes in chapter 5 "Busbar systems".


i201_06837

Fixed front frames for cubicles with front main busbarsEquipment height: 1600 mm

Width in mm

600 8PQ2 000-6BA03 1 unit800 8PQ2 000-8BA03 1 unit

i201_06838

Fixed front frames for cubicles without main busbars or with rear main busbarsEquipment height: 1800 mm

Width in mm


i201_06808

Fixed front frames for cubicles with front main busbarsEquipment height: 1600 mm

Width in mm


i201_06807

Swivel front frames for cubicles without main busbars or with rear main busbarsEquipment height: 1800 mm

Width in mm



© Siemens AG 2012


Internal covers/Outer covers

4/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

Internal cover

For 200 mm wide cubicle sections, an internal cover that can be mounted behind the door is available.

The kit is made up of a cover, an anchoring support and fasten-ers. This cover must be used in conjunction with a front frame and can be placed behind the door.

Outer cover

An outer cover can be used instead of a door for 200 mm and 400 mm wide compartments. The kit includes a cover, an identi-fication strip, an anchoring support and the relative fasteners. This cover must be used in conjunction with the front frame or as an alternative to the door.


Internal cover

When a 200 mm section is produced in a cubicle, this section can be placed on the left or the right side and is closed with an inner cover.

For use only in conjunction with an exterior intermediate upright for internal covers.

Outer cover

The covers can be mounted as desired on the front or the back of the cubicle.

For use only in conjunction with the exterior intermediate upright for outer covers/door.


i201_06836

Internal covers• Degree of protection IP30• Height: 1900 mm• Width: 200 mm

8PQ2 000-2BA01 1 unit

i201_06829

Outer coversHeight: 1975 mm

Width in mm Degree of protection

200 IP40 8PQ2 197-2BA15 1 unitIP55 8PQ2 197-2BA14 1 unit

400 IP40 8PQ2 197-4BA02 1 unitIP55 8PQ2 197-4BA01 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Cubicle panelling

4/21Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

For 350, 600, 800 and 850 mm wide cubicles with front frame, cubicle panelling is available as an alternative to doors. The cu-bicle panelling ensures the same depth as an adjacent door and

covers the cubicle. Front frame, covers and cubicle panelling achieve a degree of protection of IP30/31.



i201_06821

Cubicle panelling• Degree of protection IP30• Height: 1975 mm

Width in mm


Note

• The cubicle panelling in 350 mm and 850 mm width can be used only in conjunc-tion with DIN ALPHA assembly kits, see chapter 6.

• The cubicle panelling in 800 mm width can be used only in conjunction with front frames.


© Siemens AG 2012


Cubicle doors with two-way interlocking system

4/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The cubicle door kit is made up of Giugiaro Design glazed doors or metal plate doors, an identification strip, hinges and a preas-sembled bar lock closing system with two-way interlocking mechanism.

The two-way interlocking mechanism can be replaced with other actuators or with a rotary handle (standard doors are not suitable for semi-cylindrical profiles). Thanks to the innovative hinge and

interlocking system, the door hinges can be fitted either on the left or the right. The position of the hinges can be modified at a later stage without having to remove any devices.

If it is deemed necessary to fit a closing system with rotary han-dle and semi-cylindrical profile with security key, a series of ded-icated doors with right or left side hinges is available to take ac-count of the cylinder depth.


Standard version doors use a 3 mm two-way interlocking sys-tem. The doors can be mounted either to the front or back of the cubicle.

In cubicles with degree of protection IP40 the top plate, the doors and the rear wall must have the same degree of protection.


i201_06820

Cubicle doors with two-way interlocking systemHeight: 1975 mm

Degree of protection Hinge position Width in mm

IP40 Left 350 8PQ2 197-0BA03 1 unit400 8PQ2 197-4BA08 1 unit600 8PQ2 197-6BA06 1 unit

800 8PQ2 197-8BA06 1 unit850 8PQ2 197-0BA04 1 unit1000 8PQ2 197-1BA06 1 unit

Right 350 8PQ2 197-0BA16 1 unit400 8PQ2 197-4BA11 1 unit600 8PQ2 197-6BA13 1 unit

800 8PQ2 197-8BA13 1 unit


IP55 Left 350 8PQ2 197-0BA06 1 unit400 8PQ2 197-4BA05 1 unit600 8PQ2 197-6BA03 1 unit

800 8PQ2 197-8BA03 1 unit


Right 350 8PQ2 197-0BA18 1 unit400 8PQ2 197-4BA10 1 unit600 8PQ2 197-6BA12 1 unit


i201_06819

Cubicle doors with two-way interlocking system and window• Height: 1975 mm• Degree of protection: IP55

Hinge position Width in mm

Left 600 8PQ2 197-6BA10 1 unit800 8PQ2 197-8BA10 1 unit850 8PQ2 197-0BA01 1 unit1000 8PQ2 197-1BA10 1 unit

Right 600 8PQ2 197-6BA14 1 unit800 8PQ2 197-8BA14 1 unit850 8PQ2 197-0BA21 1 unit1000 8PQ2 197-1BA20 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Cubicle doors for semi-cylindrical profile

4/23Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The cubicle door kit for semi-cylindrical profiles according to DIN 18252/18254, 8 × 45° is made up of Giugiaro Design glazed doors or metal plate doors, an identification strip, hinges and a

bar lock closing system with rotary handle mechanism for semi-cylindrical profile.


Semi-cylindrical profile see chapter 10 "Accessories". The doors can be mounted either to the front or back of the cubicle.

The hinges for double doors are hooked onto the cubicle externally.

The double doors of 1000 mm wide cubicles are split into a 600 mm left section and a 400 mm right section. Opening sequence is: right and then left.

The double doors of 1200 mm wide cubicles are split 50/50. Opening sequence is: right and then left.

In cubicles with degree of protection IP40 the top plate, the doors and the rear wall must have the same degree of protec-tion.


Cubicle doors for semi-cylindrical profileHeight: 1975 mm

Degree of protection Hinge position Width in mm

i201_06839

IP40 Left 350 8PQ2 197-0BA34 1 unit4006008008501000

8PQ2 197-4BA06 1 unit8PQ2 197-6BA04 1 unit8PQ2 197-8BA04 1 unit8PQ2 197-0BA35 1 unit8PQ2 197-1BA07 1 unit

Right 350 8PQ2 197-0BA40 1 unit4006008008501000


i201_06840

IP55 Left 350 8PQ2 197-0BA31 1 unit400 8PQ2 197-4BA03 1 unit600 8PQ2 197-6BA01 1 unit800 8PQ2 197-8BA01 1 unit850 8PQ2 197-0BA32 1 unit1000 8PQ2 197-1BA04 1 unit

Right 350 8PQ2 197-0BA36 1 unit4006008008501000


i201_06841

Cubicle doors for semi-cylindrical profile with window• Height: 1975 mm• Closed• IP55

Hinge position Width in mm

Left 6008008501000

8PQ2 197-6BA07 1 unit8PQ2 197-8BA07 1 unit8PQ2 197-0BA33 1 unit8PQ2 197-1BA11 1 unit

Right 6008008501000

8PQ2 197-6BA08 1 unit8PQ2 197-8BA08 1 unit8PQ2 197-0BA38 1 unit8PQ2 197-1BA12 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Double cubicle doors

4/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4



i201_06830

Double cubicle doors with two-way interlocking systemHeight: 1975 mm

Degree of protection Width in mm

IP40 10001200

8PQ2 197-1BA14 1 unit8PQ2 197-2BA11 1 unit

IP55 10001200


i201_06831

Double cubicle doors for semi-cylindrical profileHeight: 1975 mm


IP40 10001200


IP55 1000 8PQ2 197-1BA15 1 unit1200 8PQ2 197-2BA12 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

4


Inner doors

4/25Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The inner door kit includes a door and hinges. The inner door is mounted behind the main cubicle door and in front of the sec-tion-high mounting plates.


The inner door requires a depth of 30 mm and cannot be used in conjunction with a front frame.


i201_06832

Inner doorsHeight: 1900 mm

Width in mm



© Siemens AG 2012


Bottom plates

4/26 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

Bottom plates are available with degree of protection IP55 with-out cable entry opening and with degree of protection IP40 with cable entry opening.


For 800 mm deep cubicles, order two 400 mm deep bottom plates.

For 800 mm, 1000 mm, 1200 mm wide cubicles, bottom plate se-lection depends on the combination of variants corresponding to the cubicle subdivision.


Bottom plates without cable entry• Closed• Degree of protection IP55


i201_06816





i201_06817

Bottom plates with cable entryDegree of protection IP40






i201_07251

Bottom plates for corner cubicleDegree of protection IP55

Depth in mm



© Siemens AG 2012

4


Top plates

4/27Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Top plates are available with degree of protection IP55 and IP40 without cable entry opening and with degree of protection IP40 with cable entry opening.

The top plates are equipped with pressure relief flaps. By means of a further upgrade, degree of protection IPX1 can be achieved.



With the IPX1 upgrade, cubicles with degree of protection IP30 and IP40 can achieve degree of protection IP31 and IP41 re-spectively. Column height is increased by 62 mm.


i201_06809

Top plates without cable entryClosed

Degree of protection Depth in mm Width in mm

IP40 400 350 8PQ2 300-4BA06 1 unit400 8PQ2 304-4BA02 1 unit600 8PQ2 306-4BA02 1 unit






i201_07327







i201_06815

Top plates with cable entry

Degree of protection Depth in mm Width in mm








© Siemens AG 2012


Top plates

4/28 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

i201_06810

Top plates with degree of protection upgradeIPX1








i201_07331

i201_07332

Top plates for corner cubicle

Degree of protection Depth in mm

IP40 400 8PQ2 304-4BA10 1 unit600 8PQ2 306-6BA10 1 unit800 8PQ2 308-8BA06 1 unit


i201_07355

Top plates for corner cubicle, degree of protection upgradeIPX1

Depth in mm

400600800

8PQ2 304-4BA11 1 unit8PQ2 306-6BA11 1 unit8PQ2 308-8BA07 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

4


Rear panels

4/29Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Rear panels are available with degrees of protection IP55 and IP40. Rear panels with degree of protection IP55 are RAL 7035

powder-coated, and those with degree of protection IP40 are Sendzimir-galvanised.




Rear panelsHeight: 2000 mm


i201_06833


800 8PQ2 420-8BA02 1 unit


i201_06822




© Siemens AG 2012


Side panels

4/30 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

4

■ Overview

The side panels are powder-coated and are available with de-gree of protection IP55, with or without a design strip.


For each board, order one side panel kit.


i201_06824

Side panels with design strip• Height: 2000 mm• Degree of protection IP55

Depth in mm


i201_06823

Side panels without design strip• Height: 2000 mm• Degree of protection IP55

Depth in mm



© Siemens AG 2012

55


5/2 General data

5/3 Main busbar systems

5/9 Distribution busbar systems

5/12 Compact busbar systems

5/15 Busbar connection fasteners

Busbar Systems


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

General Data

5/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

■ Overview

I201_18207

2

4

3

4 15

2

3

4

5

1 Main busbar system with rectangular profile

Connecting lugs for main busbar system

PE bar

Main busbar holder

Reinforcement


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

■ Overview

The main busbar system of SIVACON S4 offers an appropriate scaling of rated currents, matched to the rated currents of stand-ard version transformers. The busbar holders have been de-signed for the use of rectangular copper profiles. By using 2, 4 or 8 sub-conductors per phase, it is possible to achieve high re-sistance to short-circuits and to mount distribution and connect-ing rails without having to drill holes. This arrangement also sim-plifies the handling of one or more cubicles.

The main horizontal busbar system provides for a variety of net-work configurations such as TN-C, TN-S, IT and TT. The connec-tion of the PE bar to the cubicle is type-tested and ensures a safe transfer of fault currents to the cubicle. For TN-C network sys-tems, a type-tested connection (PEN jumper) between the PEN bar and the cubicle is available.

Type Supporting structure with equipment height

Rated current

Position of main busbar system

Front frame with equipment height

Cubicle depth

mm A mm mm

i201_07334

Main busbar system with vertical bar arrangement

1800 Up to 1600 Rear top, middle, bottom 1800 400

i201_06870

Main busbar system in standard position with horizontal bar arrangement

1600 Up to 3200 Top, front 1600 400

i201_06871

600

i201_06872

800

i201_06873

Top, rear 1600 800

1800

Note: The 150 mm high upper module must be used only to fit the covers.

800

i201_06874

Up to 4000 Top, front and rear (dou-ble main busbar system)

1600 800

i201_06869

Main busbar system in variable position

1800 Up to 3200 Variable, rear

Note: To position the main busbar system at a height other than the top position, one crossbar kit for a cubicle depth of 400 mm is required for each cubicle in order to fasten the busbar holder.

1800 800


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

Rated currents for main busbar systems with horizontal bar arrangement

These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor in-stallation in accordance with IEC 61439-1, in particular with ref-erence to an ambient temperature of 35°C (24 h average).

For different operating conditions, take into account the correc-tion factors according to chapter "Planning and Configuration".

Rated currents for main busbar system with vertical bar arrangement

These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor in-stallation in accordance with IEC 61439-1, in particular with ref-erence to an ambient temperature of 35°C (24 h average).

For different operating conditions, take into account the correction factors according to chapter 12 "Planning and Configuration".

Dimensioning of the cross-section for PE bars according to the short-circuit current

The cross-sections quoted for the PE bar are type-tested ac-cording to IEC 61439-1. According to IEC 61439-1, dimension-ing of the PE bar cross-section equal to 25 % of the phase con-ductor cross-section is also permitted.

Number of bars per phase

Dimensions Rated current In at 35 °C ambient temperature

Cubicle depth 400 mm Cubicle depth 600 mm Cubicle depth 800 mm

mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55 IP ≤ IP41 IP55 IP ≤ IP41 IP55

2 20 × 10 1190 965 1190 965 1190 96530 × 10 1630 1310 1630 1310 1630 1310

4 20 × 10 1920 1420 1920 1540 1930 165030 × 10 2460 1790 2490 1950 2510 2110

40 × 10 2980 2150 3040 2350 3100 256050 × 10 3220 2330 3320 2570 3410 2820

2 × 4 20 × 10 -- -- -- -- 3700 300030 × 10 4660 3680


Dimensions Rated current In at 35 °C ambient temperature

mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55

2 20 × 10 1000 90030 × 10 1300 110040 × 10 1600 1400


Dimensions Rated short-time cur-rent Icw

(1 s current, rms value)

mm kA

2 20 × 5 6530 × 5 85

40 × 5 10030 × 10 100


© Siemens AG 2012

5

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Determination of the number of reinforcements as a function of short-circuit currents for main busbar system with horizontal bar arrangement

1) The number of reinforcements applies to a main busbar system. Since the 3700 A and 4000 A main busbar system is made up of two systems, the number of reinforcements to be ordered must be doubled.

Note: For the determination of the distances between busbar holders and reinforcements, refer to the SIVACON S4 Manual.

Note: The number of reinforcements depends on the size of the short-circuit currents and the cubicle widths.

Busbar size Section width Number of reinforcements as a function of Ipk, Icw and cubicle width


Dimensions Icw = 25 kA

Ipk = 52.5 kA

Icw = 35 kA

Ipk = 73.5 kA

Icw = 50 kA

Ipk = 105 kA

Icw = 65 kA

Ipk = 143 kA

Icw = 85 kA

Ipk = 187 kA

Icw = 100 kA

Ipk = 220 kAmm mm

2 20 × 10 350/400 0 0 -- -- -- --600 0 0800/850 1 1

1000 1 11200 2 2

30 × 10 350/400 -- 0 0600 0 1800/850 1 1

1000 1 21200 2 2

4 20 × 10 350/400 0 0 0600 0 0 1800/850 1 1 2

1000 2 2 31200 2 2 3

30 × 10 350/400 0 0 0 0600 0 0 1 1800/850 1 1 2 2

1000 2 2 3 31200 2 2 3 3

40 × 10 350/400 -- 0 0 0 0600 0 0 1 1800/850 1 1 2 2

1000 1 1 3 31200 2 2 3 4

50 × 10 350/400 0 0 0 0600 0 0 1 1800/850 1 1 2 2

1000 1 1 3 31200 2 2 3 4

2 × 41) 20 × 10 350/400 -- 0 0 0600 1 1 1800/850 2 2 2

1000 3 3 31200 4 4 4

30 × 10 350/400 0 0 0600 1 1 1800/850 2 2 2

1000 3 3 31200 4 4 4

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Main busbar holder

Single-cubicle transport unit Multi-cubicle transport unit

Reinforcement2

1

I201_18205


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

Determination of the number of reinforcements as a function of short-circuit currents for main busbar system with vertical bar arrangement

Note: • For the determination of the distances between busbar hold-

ers and reinforcements, refer to the SIVACON S4 Manual.• The number of reinforcements depends on the size of the

short-circuit currents and the cubicle widths.

Busbar size Section width Number of reinforcements as a function of Ipk, Icw and cubicle width


Dimensions Icw = 25 kA

Ipk = 52.5 kA

Icw = 35 kA

Ipk = 73.5 kA

Icw = 55 kA

Ipk = 121 kAmm mm

2 20 × 10 350/400 0 0 1600 1 1 2

800/850 1 1 31000 2 2 3

30 × 10 350/400 0 0 1600 0 1 1

800/850 0 1 21000 1 2 3

40 × 10 350/400 0 0 1600 0 1 1

800/850 0 1 21000 0 2 3


© Siemens AG 2012

5

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011


Configuration Busbar cross-section Order No. PS/P. unitmm × mm

i201_06862

Main busbar holder kit with horizontal bar arrange-ment up to 3200 A, with PE bar connection to cubicle

20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10

8PQ4 000-0BA04 2 units

i201_06863

Main busbar holder kit with horizontal bar arrange-ment > 3200 A, with PE bar connection to cubicle

20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10


i201_06864

Main busbar reinforcement kit with horizontal bar arrangement

20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10

8PQ4 000-0BA37 1 unit

i201_06856

Main busbar connecting lug kits with horizontal bar arrangement for L1, L2, L3, N or PEN

20 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA53 4 units30 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA54 4 units40 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA56 4 units50 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA57 4 units

i201_07335

Main busbar holder kit with vertical bar arrangement up to 1600 A, with PE bar connection to cubicle

20 × 10 30 × 1040 × 10


i201_07336

Main busbar reinforcement kit with vertical bar arrangement

20 × 10 30 × 1040 × 10

8PQ4 000-1BA12 1 unit

i201_07338

Main busbar connecting lug kits with vertical bar arrangement for L1, L2, L3, N or PEN

20 × 10 8PQ4 000-1BA16 4 units30 × 10 8PQ4 000-1BA15 4 units40 × 10 8PQ4 000-1BA14 4 units


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Main busbar systems

5/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5i201_06855

Connecting lug kits for PE bar 20 × 5, 30 × 5, 30 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA52 2 units40 × 5, 40 × 10, 50 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA67 2 units

i201_06881

Connecting bar kit for double main busbar system -- 8PQ4 000-0BA62 1 unit

Note

• Without screws, washers and nuts• Order one per cubicle.• Cannot be installed in 350 mm and 400 mm wide cubicles.

i201_06875

PEN jumper for main busbar system with horizontal bar arrangement

-- 8PQ4 000-0BA12 10 units

Note

• Without screws, washers and nuts• One PEN jumper is needed for each cubicle in order to

connect the PEN bar to the cubicle.

i201_07337

PEN jumper for main busbar system with vertical bar arrangement

-- 8PQ4 000-1BA13 10 units

Note

• Without screws, washers and nuts• One PEN jumper is needed for each cubicle in order to

connect the PEN bar to the cubicle.

i201_06877

Accessories, PE bar connection to cubicle -- 8PQ4 000-0BA82 6 units

Note

The PE bar connection to the cubicle is included in the holder kit for the main busbar.

i201_06882

Upgrade kit for arcing fault protection 20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10


Note

• The upgrade kit for arcing fault protection is needed for an arcing duration of between 100 ms and 300 ms.

• Order one kit for each side panel kit.

Configuration Busbar cross-section Order No. PS/P. unitmm × mm


© Siemens AG 2012

5

Busbar Systems

Distribution busbar systems

5/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Rated currents for cascaded vertical distribution busbar system

The rated short-time withstand current for a vertical cascaded distribution busbar system is determined on the basis of the number of bars per phase, cross-section, bar shape and the number of holders. These values refer to normal operating con-ditions and indoor installation in accordance with IEC 61439-1,

in particular at an ambient temperature of 35°C (24h average). In different operating conditions, the correction factors given in the “Planning and Configuration” chapter have to be taken into account.

i201_06883

Cascaded vertical distribution busbar systemwith profiled busbars, single arrangement

i201_06884

Cascaded vertical distribution busbar system with rectangular bars, single arrangement

i201_06885

Non-cascaded vertical distribution busbar system with rectangular bars, single arrangement

i201_06886

Cascaded vertical distribution busbar system with profiled busbars, double arrangement side-by-side

i201_06887

Cascaded vertical distribution busbar system with rectangular bars, double arrangement, aligned

i201_06888

Non-cascaded vertical distribution busbar system with rectangular bars, double arrangement, aligned


Dimensions Rated current at 35 °C ambient temperature

Number of holders per cubicle and system

Icw = 25 kA

Ipk = 52.5 kA

Icw = 35 kA

Ipk = 73.5 kA

Icw = 50 kA

Ipk = 105 kA

Icw = 65 kA

Ipk = 143 kA

Icw = 85 kA

Ipk = 187 kAmm IP ≤ IP41 IP55

1 30 × 1040 × 10

922 837 4 4 -- -- --1100 980 4 4 -- -- --

2 30 × 1040 × 10

1530 1337 4 4 4 5 --1651 1543 4 4 4 5 --

2 × 2 30 × 1040 × 10

3060 2674 -- -- 2 3 43302 3086 -- -- 2 3 4

Profiled busbar 30 × 3040 × 30

1289 1066 2 3 4 5 --1518 1217 2 3 4 5 --

2 × profiled busbar 30 × 3040 × 30

2578 2132 -- -- 2 3 43036 2434 -- -- 2 3 4


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems


5/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

Rated currents for non-cascaded vertical distribution busbar system

The rated short-time withstand current of a non-cascaded verti-cal busbar system is determined on the basis of the number of bars per phase, cross-section and number of reinforcements.

For each cubicle, order one holder and support kit.

These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor in-stallation in accordance with IEC 60439-1, in particular with ref-erence to an ambient temperature of 35 °C (24 h average). In dif-ferent operating conditions, the correction factors given in the “Planning and Configuration” chapter have to be taken into ac-count.


For profiled busbars, the connections are made by means of T-head screws. When using parallel rectangular busbars, the con-nections are made by means of screws and busbar clamps.

Note: Each kit contains four lugs for connection of L1, L2, L3 and N to the horizontal main busbar system.

Assembly kits


Dimensions Rated current at 35 °C ambient temperature

Number of holders per cubicle and system

Icw = 25 kA

Ipk = 52 kA

Icw = 35 kA

Ipk = 73 kA

Icw = 50 kA

Ipk = 105 kA

Icw = 65 kA

Ipk = 143 kA

Icw = 85 kA

Ipk = 187 kA

Icw = 100 kA

Ipk = 220 kAmm IP ≤ IP41 IP55

2 20 × 1030 × 10

1010 820 0 0 -- -- -- --1390 1110 0 0 2 -- -- --

4 20 × 1030 × 10

1630 1207 0 0 2 2 -- --2091 1520 0 0 2 2 2 --

40 × 10 2533 1825 0 0 0 2 2 450 × 10 2737 1980 0 0 0 2 2 4

Configuration Compart-ment width

Busbar dimensions

Busbar shape Order No. PS/P.unit

mm mm × mm

i201_06868

Busbar holder kits for cascaded vertical distri-bution busbar system

200 40 × 30 Profiled busbar 8PQ4 000-0BA63 1 unit40 × 10 Rectangular profile 8PQ4 000-0BA63 1 unit30 × 30 Profiled busbar 8PQ4 000-0BA32 1 unit30 × 10 Rectangular profile 8PQ4 000-0BA32 1 unit

i201_06866

Busbar holder kit for non-cascaded vertical distri-bution busbar system

200 20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10

Rectangular profile 8PQ4 000-0BA77 3 units

400 20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10

Rectangular profile 8PQ4 000-0BA31 3 units

i201_06864

Busbar reinforcement kit for non-cascaded verti-cal distribution busbar system

-- 20 × 10, 30 × 10, 40 × 10, 50 × 10

Rectangular profile 8PQ4 000-0BA37 1 unit

i201_06867

Support kits for non-cascaded vertical distri-bution busbar system

200 -- -- 8PQ4 000-0BA78 1 unit

400 -- -- 8PQ4 000-0BA61 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

5

Busbar Systems


5/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011


i201_06896

Anchoring support, insulated for N/PEN/PE, vertical in cable compartment 8PQ4 000-0BA11 4 units

Connecting lug kits for vertical distribution busbar system to main busbar system with horizontal bar arrangement, top position

Versions Busbar dimensions

Position Cubicle depthCubicle bus-

bar systemMain busbar system

mm × mm mm

i201_06879

Cascaded 30 × 30, 30 × 10

Right Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA45 1 unit600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA46 1 unit

Rear 800 8PQ4 000-0BA50 1 unit

Left Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA73 1 unit600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA72 1 unit


40 × 30, 40 × 10

Right Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA47 1 unit600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA48 1 unit


Left Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA75 1 unit600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA48 1 unit


i201_06857

Non-cascaded 20 × 10, 30 × 10

-- Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA38 1 unit-- 600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA40 1 unit-- Rear 800 8PQ4 000-0BA43 1 unit

40 × 10, 50 × 10

-- Front 400 8PQ4 000-0BA41 1 unit-- 600, 800 8PQ4 000-0BA42 1 unit-- Rear 800 8PQ4 000-0BA44 1 unit

Note

• Each kit contains four lugs for connection of L1, L2, L3 and N to the horizontal main busbar system

• Without screws, clamping washers and nuts.

i201_06880

Busbar clamp for M10 screw 8PQ9 400-0BA02 20 units


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Compact busbar systems

5/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

■ Overview

Compact busbar systems may be arranged as desired in the cu-bicle with uprights and crossbars.

Uninterrupted current for busbars, E-Cu bare, for an ambient temperature of 35 °C according to DIN 4367

2

3

4

1

5

5

2

3

4

5

1 Non-cascaded busbar holder

8GF57 compact busbar system,non-cascaded, fastened with crossbars

8GF57 compact busbar system,cascaded, fastened with crossbars

Cascaded busbar holder

Crossbars for installation in cubicle width

Crossbars for installation in cubicle depth

Supporting structure I201_18206


Dimensions Uninterrupted current for a busbar temperature of

Holder spacing

65 °C 85 °C 105 °C Icw = 5 kA Icw = 10 kA Icw = 15 kA Icw = 20 kA Icw = 25 kA

mm A A A mm mm mm mm mm

1 15 × 5 222 293 349 600 400 -- -- --

20 × 5 274 362 430 600 600 400 -- --

30 × 5 379 500 595 600 600 450 352 300

30 × 10 573 756 900 600 600 400 300 250


© Siemens AG 2012

5

Busbar Systems


5/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011


Compact busbar systems are used for the distribution of uninter-rupted currents up to 630 A and rated short-time currents Icw up to 25 kA.

Compact busbar systems, with pole centre distance of 50 mm, can be used in conjunction with the SIKclip rapid wiring assem-bly system for modular devices.

For compact busbar systems, with pole centre distance of 60 mm, a wide range of adapters for SIRIUS and 3VL moulded case circuit breakers is available together with many other ac-cessories.

Compact busbar system with 50 mm pole centre distance

Compact busbar system with 60 mm pole centre distance, busbar system, accessories


i201_06889

Linear universal busbar holders• 4-pole• Rectangular profile• Height: 200 mm

Arrangement Busbar dimensions

mm × mm

Non-cascaded 15 × 5, 20 × 5, 30 × 5 8GF5 762 1 unit

30 × 10 8GF5 763 1 unit

i201_06890

Cascaded 15 × 5, 20 × 5, 30 × 5 8GF5 760 1 unit

30 × 10 8GF5 761 1 unit


i201_06891

Busbar holders• Pole centre distance: 60 mm• Busbar dimensions (mm × mm): 15 × 5, 20 × 5, 30 × 5, 30 × 10• Width: 20 mm• Arrangement: Non-cascaded

Versions

3-pole 8US1 923-3AA01 10 units

4-pole 8US1 923-4AA00 10 units

i201_06892

Busbar holder end coversPole centre distance: 60 mm

Versions

3-pole 8US1 922-1AC00 10 units

4-pole 8US1 922-1AB00 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems


5/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

Copper busbars

Configuration Thread Cur-rent

Δ T Length Cross-sec-tion

Order No. PS/P.unit

A K mm mm × mm

i201_06860

Rigid copper busbars, perforated with threading

M6 -- -- 2000 15 × 5 8GF5 751 1 unit25 × 5 8GF5 737 1 unit30 × 5 8GF5 742 1 unit

i201_06860

Rigid copper busbars, perforated For M10 -- -- 2000 40 × 5 8PQ4 000-0BA81 1 unit

1750 60 × 5 8PQ4 000-1BA05 1 unit

2000 30 × 10 8GF5 752 1 unit40 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA24 1 unit

i201_06859

Rigid copper busbars -- -- -- 2000 20 × 5 8PQ4 000-0BA83 1 unit30 × 5 8PQ4 000-0BA85 1 unit40 × 5 8PQ4 000-0BA80 1 unit

15 × 10 8PQ4 000-1BA04 1 unit20 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA84 1 unit30 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA86 1 unit

40 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA17 1 unit50 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA18 1 unit60 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA87 1 unit

80 × 10 8PQ4 000-0BA88 1 unit100 × 10 8PQ4 000-1BA00 1 unit

i201_06861

Flexible copper busbars, insulated -- 160 40 2000 13 × 3 × 0,5 8GF5 686 1 unit250 20 20 × 5 × 1 8GF5 681 1 unit250 40 16 × 4 × 0,8 8GF5 687 1 unit

400 40 24 × 4 × 1 8GF5 688 1 unit630 40 40 × 5 × 1 8GF5 690 1 unit800 30 40 × 10 × 1 8PQ4 000-1BA03 1 unit

1000 40 40 × 10 × 1 8PQ4 000-1BA03 1 unit1000 50 32 × 10 × 1 8PQ4 000-1BA02 1 unit1250 50 40 × 10 × 1 8PQ4 000-1BA03 1 unit

i201_06858

Copper busbars, H-shaped -- -- -- 1610 30 × 30 8PQ4 000-0BA27 4 units40 × 30 8PQ4 000-0BA26 4 units

i201_06893

Cover profiles for busbarsRectangular profile

Busbar dimensions Length

mm × mm mm

20 × 5, 30 × 5 1000 8US1 922-2AA00 10 units

20 × 10, 30 × 10 1000 8US1 922-2BA00 10 units


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Busbar connection fasteners

5/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5

■ Overview

To ensure a reliable connection of the copper busbars, it is im-portant to select quality fasteners, of the right size, suitable and appropriately treated for the task.

The table below provides an overview of the various copper bus-bar / fastener combination options, so as to facilitate selection and ordering.


The stated quantity of fasteners applies to a 4-pole arrangement.

Rules for calculation of the screw length for different busbar di-mensions:

• Length of screw with M8 threading = busbars profile + 15 mm• Length of screw with M10, M12 threading = busbars profile +

20 mm

Configuration Profile Cross-section Quan-tity

Order No. Description

mm × mm

Main busbar system with two bars per phaseConnection from main busbar to:

Cascaded verti-cal distribution busbar

Profiled busbar 30 × 30, 40 × 30

4 8PQ9 500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 358 8PQ9 500-0BA01 T-head screw M10 x 2512 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1012 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Rectangular busbar

2 × 30 × 10 4 8PQ9 500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 358 8PQ9 500-1BA36 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 558 8PQ9 400-0BA02 Busbar clamp12 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1012 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10


Non-cascaded vertical distribu-tion busbars

Rectangular busbar

2 × 20 × 10, 2 × 40 × 10

12 8PQ9 500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 3512 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1012 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

4 × 40 × 10, 4 × 50 × 10

8 8PQ9 500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 358 8PQ9 500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 4516 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1016 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Connection between cubicle and main busbar system

L1...3, N (PEN) Rectangular busbar

2 × 20 × 10, 2 × 30 × 10


Connection between main busbar PEN jumper and cubicle

PEN (per cubicle) -- -- 2 8PQ9 500-0BA34 Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 - M6 x 101 8PQ9 500-0BA14 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 351 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 101 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Main busbar system with four busbars per phaseConnection from main busbar to:

Cascaded verti-cal distribution busbar

Profiled busbar 30 × 30, 40 × 30

4 8PQ9 500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 458 8PQ9 500-0BA01 T-head screw M10 x 258 8PQ9 400-0BA02 Busbar clamp12 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1012 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Rectangular busbar


2 × 40 × 10 4 8PQ9 500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 458 8PQ9 500-1BA25 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 6512 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 1012 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10

Non-cascaded vertical distribu-tion busbars

Rectangular busbar

2 × 20 × 10, 2 × 40 × 10


4 × 40 × 10, 4 × 50 × 10


Connection between cubicle and main busbar system

L1...3, N (PEN) Rectangular busbar

4 × 20 × 10, 4 × 30 × 10


4 × 40 × 10, 4 × 50 × 10


Connection between main busbar PEN jumper and cubicle

PEN (per cubicle) -- -- 2 8PQ9 500-0BA34 Self-tapping screw DIN 7500 - M6 x 101 8PQ9 500-0BA16 Non-cascaded square screw DIN 603 - M10 x 451 8PQ9 500-0BA60 Clamping washer DIN 6796 - 101 8PQ9 500-0BA05 Hexagonal nut ISO 4032 - M10


© Siemens AG 2012

Busbar Systems

Notes

5/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

5


© Siemens AG 2012

66


6/2 General data

6/3 Assembly kits for 3WL air circuit breakers

6/6 Prefabricated assembly kits for 3WL air circuit breakers

6/7 Delivery units for 3WL air circuit breakers

6/8 Assembly kits for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers

6/11 for horizontal installation with front cover6/15 for vertical installation with front cover6/18 for horizontal installation with modular door6/21 for vertical installation with modular door

6/22 Assembly kits for 3VT moulded case circuit breakers

6/23 for horizontal installation6/24 for vertical installation

6/26 Assembly kits for 3K switch disconnectors

6/30 Assembly kits for 3NP switch disconnectors

6/32 Assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

6/35 Assembly kits for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

6/38 Assembly kits for modular devices

6/41 Assembly kits for 8GK4 system

6/43 8GK4 assembly kits for modular devices

6/44 8GK4 assembly kits for terminal blocks

6/45 8GK4 assembly kits with mounting plates

6/46 8GK4 assembly kits for empty sections

6/47 8GK4 assembly kits for 3NP4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

6/48 8GK4 assembly kits for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers

6/49 8GK4 assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

6/50 8GK4 assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases

6/51 Assembly kits for modular devices – SIKclip


LV56_06_EN.book Seite 1 Freitag, 4. Mai 2012 12:23 12

© Siemens AG 2012


General data

6/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I20

1_18

391

5

2

34

1

2

3

4

5

1 Front frame

Prefabricated assembly kit and delivery unit for connection to cascaded distribution busbarAssembly kit for 3WL air circuit breaker

Prefabricated assembly kit and delivery unit for connection to cable connection systemCover with door sealing frame for 3WL


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3WL air circuit breakers

6/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

18

17

1620

15

21

23

22

24

14

19

6

45

7

8

9

2

25

10

11

12

13

3

1

EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, key operated

Motorized operating mechanism

Operating cycles counter

Breaker Status Sensor (BSS)

Protective device with device holder, Electronic Trip Unit (ETU)

Remote reset solenoid

Breaker Data Adapter (BDA Plus)

Four-line display

Ground-fault protection module

Rating plug

Measurement function module

Circuit breaker

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

2310

11

12

13

24

25

Guide frame

Main circuit connection, front, flange, horizontal, vertical

Position signalling switch

Ground connection, leading

Shutters

COM15 PROFIBUS module or COM16 MODBUS module

External CubicleBUS module

Closing coil, auxiliary release

Auxiliary conductor plug-in system

Auxiliary switching block

Door sealing frame

Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF

Transparent panel, function insert

NS

E0_

0188

7d


© Siemens AG 2012



6/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

1) Size II with In max. 2500 A. 2) Size II with In max. 3200 A and In max. 4000 A.

3) At a rated voltage of ≥ 690 V the Icw value of the circuit breaker cannot be greater than the Icu value or Ics value at 690 V.

4) Rated operating voltage Ue = 1150 V.

For further information, see the technical documents on 3WL air circuit breakers

Size I IIType 3WL11 3WL12Switching capacity class N S N S HShort-circuit breaking capacityRated operating voltage Ue up to 415 V ACIcu kA 55 66 66 80 100Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220Rated operating voltage Ue up to 500 V ACIcu kA 55 66 66 80 100Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220Rated operating voltage Ue up to 690 V ACIcu kA 42 50 50 75 85Ics kA 42 50 50 75 85Icm kA 88 105 105 165 187Rated operating voltage Ue up to 1000 V/1150 V ACIcu kA -- -- -- -- 50Ics kA -- -- -- -- 50Icm kA -- -- -- -- 105Rated short-time withstand current Icw of the circuit breakers3) 0.5 s kA 50 66 66 80 1001 s kA 42 50 55 66 802 s kA 29,5 35 39 46 651)/702)

3 s kA 24 29 32 37 501)/652)

Short-circuit breaking capacity Icc of the non-automatic air circuit breakersUp to 500 V AC kA 50 66 66 80 100Up to 690 V AC kA 42 50 50 75 85Up to 1000 V /1150 V AC kA -- -- -- -- 504)

Size I II

Type Up to 3WL11 10

3WL11 12 3WL11 16 3WL12 08 3WL12 10 3WL12 12 3WL12 16 3WL12 20 3WL12 25 3WL12 32

Minimum phase size

Busbars, Cu

bare or insulated, black

Unit(s) 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 3

mm2 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 100 × 10

3WL air circuit breaker with horizontal connections for fixed-mounted versions

3WL air circuit breaker with flange connections for draw-out versions

I201_06903 I201_06904


© Siemens AG 2012



6/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


General description• The assembly kits for 3WL air circuit breakers are made up of

crossbars, mounting plates, separation partitions and fasten-ers. The horizontal plate is suitable for the installation of circuit breakers, in fixed and draw-out versions of different sizes. Horizontal separation ensures the required arcing spaces.

• The IP4X cover and modular door kits are prepared for install-ing the 3WL9 111-0AP01-0AA0 door sealing frame which be-longs to the 3WL.

• The IP55 modular door kit is prepared for installing the IP55 3WL9 111-0AP02-0AA0 protective cover which belongs to the 3WL. The combination of door sealing frame and IP55 protec-tive cover is not permitted. Neither the door sealing frame nor the protective cover are included in the scope of supply.

NoteThe 3WL1240 circuit breaker can be installed only in 800 mm deep cubicles.

1) The "mounting plate" kit can be used only for draw-out circuit breakers.

Configuration Order No. Order No. Order No.

3WL air circuit breakers in draw-out and fixed versions with coverModule height: 550 mm

I201_06901 I201_06902

Size Compartment width

mm

No. of poles Minimum depth

mm

Mounting plate Cover

I 600 3 600 8PQ6 000-3BA31 8PQ2 055-6BA05

4 600 8PQ6 000-3BA31 8PQ2 055-6BA07

800 3/4 600 8PQ6 000-3BA32 8PQ2 055-8BA04

II 600 3 600 8PQ6 000-3BA31 8PQ2 055-6BA05

800 3 600 8PQ6 000-3BA32 8PQ2 055-8BA07

4 600 8PQ6 000-3BA32 8PQ2 055-8BA05

3WL air circuit breakers in draw-out and fixed versions with modular door module height: 550 mm

I201_07381 I2010_07302 I201_07303

Size Compartment width

mm

No. of poles Minimum depth

mm

Mounting plate Modular door IP4X

Modular door IP55

I 400 3 400 8PQ6 000-5BA25 8PQ2 055-4BA12 --

600 3/4 400 8PQ6 000-5BA26 8PQ2 055-6BA16 8PQ2 055-6BA17

II 6001) 3 400 8PQ6 000-5BA26 8PQ2 055-6BA16 8PQ2 055-6BA17

800 3/4 600 8PQ6 000-5BA24 8PQ2 055-8BA08 8PQ2 055-8BA10


© Siemens AG 2012


Prefabricated assembly kitsfor 3WL air circuit breakers

6/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


General description• The prefabricated assembly kits are made up of all the neces-

sary crossbars, supports, reinforcements, fasteners and pro-duction-relevant drawings and information for the in-house production of copper busbars.

• If production and assembly comply with the information pro-vided, the switchgear engineer is not required to repeat the type test verification in accordance with IEC 61439-1. An inspection-based type test verification in accordance with IEC 61439-1 exists for all the versions offered.

• With the cable entry variants and connection to the cascaded vertical distribution busbars variants, the system offers con-nection kits type tested in terms of CT mounting and number of connection points, in cascaded form, for the respective cir-cuit breaker rated currents. Through the combination of variants it is possible to achieve functions such as incomer, outgoing and coupler.

Note• The prefabricated assembly kit for connecting 3WL air circuit

breakers fills the quoted mounting height above or below the circuit breaker. To be able to anchor, bend and connect the cables it is necessary to leave enough space for the assembly operations.

Attention• Construction of connecting busbars for 3WL air circuit

breakers with horizontal terminal bars for fixed versions.• Construction of connecting busbars for 3WL air circuit

breakers with flanged terminal bars for draw-out versions.

1) 3-pole kit corresponding to circuit breaker assembly kit

Configuration Order No. PS/P. unit

I201_07385

I201_07384

Prefabricated assembly kits for connecting 3WL air circuit breakers to cascaded distribution busbar systemEach 3/4-pole

Size Modular cover at the front

Compartment width Installation type Mounting height

mm

Above circuit breaker

mm

Below circuit breaker

mm

I Modular door 4001) Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA48 1 unit

Draw-out 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA50 1 unit

600 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA51 1 unit


Cover 600 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA45 1 unit


800 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA46 1 unit


II Modular door 800 Fixed 300 350 8PQ6 000-5BA53 1 unit




I201_07388

Prefabricated assembly kits for connecting 3WL air circuit breakers to cable connection systemEach 3/4-pole


Compartment width Installation type Mounting height

mm


mm


mm

I Modular door 4001) Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA78 1 unit


600 Fixed 250 300 8PQ6 000-5BA81 1 unit




800 Fixed 200 250 8PQ6 000-5BA76 1 unit


II Modular door 800 Fixed 350 400 8PQ6 000-5BA83 1 unit





© Siemens AG 2012

6


Delivery units for 3WL air circuit breakers

6/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011


General descriptionThe copper busbar delivery units for prefabricated assembly kits include all the copper busbars belonging to the respective pre-fabricated assembly kit. The busbars are mechanically prefabri-cated for immediate installation.

Note• Selection depends on the installation conditions of the related

prefabricated assembly kit. The combination of prefabricated assembly kit and delivery unit produces a complete configuration for when in-house pro-duction of the copper busbars is not desired or not possible. The busbars delivered in the copper busbar delivery units for

prefabricated assembly kits comply exactly with the informa-tion issued in the prefabricated assembly kits with regard to quality, dimensions, perforations and bends. The fasteners required for mounting are also included in the prefabricated assembly kits.

• The designs have inspection-based type test verifications in accordance with IEC 61439-1 as proof of their suitability to meet the specifications.

• Construction of connecting busbars for 3WL air circuit break-ers with horizontal terminal bars for fixed versions.

• Construction of connecting busbars for 3WL air circuit break-ers with flanged terminal bars for draw-out versions.

1) 3-pole corresponding to circuit breaker assembly kit


Copper busbar delivery units for prefabricated assembly kit for connecting 3WL air circuit breakers to cascaded distribution busbar systemEach 4-pole


Current Compartment width Installation type

A mm

I201_07383

I Modular door 1600 4001) Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA36 1 unit

Draw-out 8PQ6 000-5BA37 1 unit

600 Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA38 1 unit


Cover 1600 600 Fixed 8PQ6 000-6BA08 1 unit




I201_07382

II Modular door 2000 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA41 1 unit


3200 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA43 1 unit




3200 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-6BA14 1 unit


Copper busbar delivery units for prefabricated assembly kit for connecting 3WL air circuit breakers to cable connection systemEach 4-pole

Size Modular coverat the front

Current Compartment width Installation type

A mm

I201_07387

I Modular door 1600 4001) Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA54 1 unit








I201_07386

II Modular door 2000 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA58 1 unit


3200 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-5BA61 1 unit




3200 800 Fixed 8PQ6 000-6BA21 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

Assembly Kits for Protection and Switching DevicesAssembly Kits for 3VL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

General data

6/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I201

_183

67

2

3

4

1

5

6

7

2

3

1 Outer front cover for head compartment

Modular door with cut-out for direct operating mechanism

Cover for 3VL moulded case circuit breaker, single branch unit

5

6

4 Cover for 3VL moulded case circuit breaker, multiple branch unit

Assembly kit for 3VL moulded case circuit breaker, horizontalCopper connecting kit for connection to cascaded distribution busbar system

7 Assembly kit for 3VL moulded case circuit breaker, vertical


© Siemens AG 2012

6


General data

6/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

20

56

4

7

5

6

4

7

9

8

3

8

9

3

2

1

23

1519

17

18

22

21

16

10

12

13

10

14

11

22

Einschub-/Stecksockel

Einschubseitenwände

Phasentrennwände

Anschlussschienen für vergrößerten Polabstand

Gerade Anschlussschienen

Rundleiteranschlussklemme für Al/Cu

Rahmenklemme für Cu

Verlängerte Anschlussabdeckung

Standardanschlussabdeckung

Blend-/Abdeckrahmen für Türausschnitt

Motorantrieb mit Federspeicher (SEO)

Motorantrieb (MO)

Frontdrehantrieb

Türkupplungsdrehantrieb

Kompaktleistungsschalter 3VL

Internes Zubehör

Elektronischer Überstromauslöser LCD ETU

Elektronischer Überstromauslöser mit Kommunikationsfunktion

Thermisch/magnetischer Überstromauslöser

RCD-Baustein

Rückseitige Anschlüsse – flach und rund

COM20/21 Kommunikationsmodul zum PROFIBUS-DP / MODBUS

Batteriestromversorgung mit Testfunktion für elektronische Auslöser

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

22

10

11

12

13

NS

E0_

0208

7d

NS

E0_

0208

7e

$Draw-out/ plug-in base %Side panels of draw-out version &Phase separators (Terminal bars, divergent )Terminal bars, straight *Circular conductor terminals for Al/Cu +Box terminal for Cu ,Terminal cover, extended -Terminal cover, standard .Front frame/cover frame for door cut-out /Motorised operating mechanism with spring accumulator (SEO) 0Motorised operating mechanism MO 1Front-operated rotary operating mechanism 2Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism 3 3VL moulded case circuit breaker 4Internal accessories 5Electronic overcurrent release (LCD ETU) 6Electronic overcurrent release with communication function 7Thermal/magnetic overcurrent release 8RCD module 9Rear connections – flat and round

:COM20/21 communication module to the PROFIBUS DP/MODBUS

;Battery power supply with test function for electronic trip units


© Siemens AG 2012


General data

6/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Technical specifications

1) Cross-sections according to IEC 60999. 2) Not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.

Type VL160X VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600

Conductor cross-sections

Box terminals1)

• Single- or multi-wire cable only copper mm2 2,5 ... 95 2,5 ... 95 25 ... 185 50 ... 300 – – – –

• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm2 2,5 ... 50 2,5 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 – – – –

• Flexible busbar mm 12 × 10 12 × 10 17 × 10 25 × 10 – – – –

Connecting terminal plate for flexible busbar2)

mm – – – – 2 units

6 × 32

– – –

Circular conductor terminal for cable1)

• Single- or multi-wire cable copper or Al mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 25 ... 185 50 ... 300 – – – –

- With terminal cover copper or Al mm2 16 ... 150 16 ... 150 120 ... 240 -- -- -- -- --

• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm2 10 ... 50 10 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 – – – –

Multiple feed-in terminal1)

• Single- or multi-wire cable copper or Al mm2 – – – 2 units 50 ... 120

2 units 50 ... 240

3 units 50 ... 240

4 units 50 ... 240

–

- With terminal cover copper or Al mm2 -- -- -- 2 units 70 ... 300

-- -- -- --

• Flexible wire with sleeve connector mm2 – – – 2 units 50 ... 95

2 units 50 ... 185

3 units 50 ... 185

4 units 50 ... 185

–

• Direct busbar connection copper or Al mm 17 × 7 22 × 7 24 × 7 32 × 10 40 × 10 2 × 40 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 60 × 10

• Screw type for screwed connection M6 M6 M8 M8 M6 M8 M8 –


© Siemens AG 2012

6


for horizontal installation with front cover

6/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011


General description• The equipment support assembly kit contains a deep mounting

plate for front and rear terminal bars and fastening crossbars.• For installation on the front frame, a choice of covers includes

versions suitable for direct, motorised and rotary front operat-ing mechanisms. The covers are secured to the front frame by means of fast closing screws. Hinges for fitting to the individ-ual covers are available as an option.

• The N-Link kit includes a support, cover and fasteners. In the 4-pole mounting plate and 3-pole moulded case circuit breaker combination this kit provides the internal separation for a branch unit.

Note• For horizontal installation and front connections, extended ter-

minal covers have to be ordered. • A combination of front frame and covers with modular doors in

a cubicle is not possible. • Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with

spring accumulator. In combinations of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame and motorised operating mechanism, the dimensions in chapter 11 "Mechanical Dimensions" must be taken into account.

1) The assembly kit also supports the 4-pole circuit breaker with front connection.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06907

Circuit breaker

Com-part-ment width

mm

No. of poles

Connection Operating mechanism Height

mm

Circuit break-ers per kit

N-Link support Mounting plate Cover

VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA88 8PQ2 015-6BA21

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-5BA01 8PQ2 020-6BA26

800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA41 8PQ2 020-8BA10

VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA00 8PQ2 015-6BA21



VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 200 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA84 8PQ2 020-6BA06



VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 300 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA01 8PQ2 030-6BA03


800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 350 1 8PQ6000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-4BA45 8PQ2 035-8BA10

VL800 600 31) Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 350 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA03 8PQ2 035-6BA22


I201_06911 I201_06952 I201_06907

VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary and motorised 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA55 8PQ6 000-4BA46 8PQ2 040-8BA21




© Siemens AG 2012



6/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


General description• The copper busbar connection kit for 3VL moulded case cir-

cuit breakers for horizontal installation is made up of all the necessary supports, reinforcements, copper busbars and covers.

• With the cable entry variants and connection to the cascaded vertical distribution busbars variants, the system offers con-nection kits type tested in terms of CT mounting and number of connection points to the busbars, in cascaded form, for the respective circuit breaker rated currents.

Note• The height of the connecting busbars kit matches the type of

circuit breaker. The connecting busbar kit is suitable for branch units without RCD module.

• In addition to the copper busbars and the cover, the connect-ing busbar kit for 3VL circuit breakers for connection to the ca-bles contains lateral partitions with connecting terminals.

• When fitting the connecting busbar kit for 3VL circuit breakers for connection to the cascaded vertical busbars in a 600 mm cubicle, the vertical distribution busbar system must be housed in the same cubicle (800 mm wide cubicle with riser compartment 600 + 200 mm).


I201_06898

I201_06953

Copper connecting kits for 3VL circuit breakers for connection to cascaded distribution busbar system

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles

Installation technique

Cover with cut-out for type of op. mech.

Busbar size

Circuit breakers per kit

VL250 600 3 Fixed Direct 5 × 25 1 8PQ6 000-1BA63 1 unit

4 Fixed Direct 5 × 25 1 8PQ6 000-1BA64 1 unit

800 3/4 Fixed Direct 5 × 25 1 8PQ6 000-4BA51 1 unit







I201_06899

Copper connecting kits for 3VL circuit breakers for connection to the cables

VL250 600/800 3 Fixed Direct 5 × 25 1 8PQ6 000-1BA70 1 unit







© Siemens AG 2012



6/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6






Note • For horizontal installation and front connections, extended ter-

minal covers have to be ordered.• A combination of front frame and covers with modular doors in

a cubicle is not possible.• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with

spring accumulator.• In combinations of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame

and motorised operating mechanism, the dimensions in chapter 11 "Mechanical Dimensions" must be taken into account.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, fixed version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06910

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm

No. of circuit break-ers


VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA88 8PQ2 015-6BA22

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-5BA01 8PQ2 020-6BA27

800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA41 8PQ2 020-8BA11

VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA00 8PQ2 015-6BA21



VL400 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA44 8PQ2 025-8BA06

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, plug-in version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06907

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA24 8PQ2 015-6BA21



VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA24 8PQ2 015-6BA21



VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 200 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA84 8PQ2 020-6BA06



VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 300 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA01 8PQ20 30-6BA03




© Siemens AG 2012



6/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6







minal covers have to be ordered.• To improve the stability of the kits for VL400 and VL630 in plug-

in version it is necessary to fit a reinforcement kit for each branch unit.

• A combination of front frame and covers with modular doors in a cubicle is not possible.

• In combinations of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame and motorised operating mechanism, the dimensions in chapter 11 "Mechanical Dimensions" must be taken into account.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, plug-in version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06910

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA75 8PQ2 015-6BA06

4 Front, rear Direct 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-2BA81 8PQ2 020-6BA07

800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 020-8BA11

VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA75 8PQ2 015-6BA04

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-2BA81 8PQ2 020-6BA05

800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 020-8BA10

VL400 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA44 8PQ2 025-8BA06

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, for horizontal installation

I201_06906 I201_06937

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160/250 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 1 8PQ6 000-3BA27 8PQ2 020-6BA21

800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 250 1 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 025-8BA07

VL400 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 1 8PQ6 000-2BA87 8PQ2 025-6BA11


VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 300 1 8PQ6 000-3BA01 8PQ2 030-6BA17

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 8PQ6 000-3BA10 8PQ2 035-6BA17


I201_06954 I201_06937

VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 8PQ6 000-4BA56 8PQ2 050-8BA05



Reinforcement for 3VL moulded case circuit breaker kits, draw-out version, for horizontal installation

I201_06936

Circuit breaker

No. of poles Reinforcement

VL400 3/4 8PQ6 000-4BA17

VL630 3 8PQ6 000-4BA20

VL630 4 8PQ6 000-4BA18


© Siemens AG 2012

6


for vertical installation with front cover

6/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011






Note• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with



• For vertical assembly kits which are equipped with a motor-ised operating mechanism, the adjacent mounting space must be left empty so that the mechanism can be tensioned by hand.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version, for vertical installation

I201_06917 I201_06912 I201_06913

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA76 8PQ2 035-6BA02

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA82 8PQ2 035-6BA03

800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA77 8PQ2 035-8BA02


VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 350 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA16 8PQ2 035-6BA02




VL400 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA85 8PQ2 040-6BA07

b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 2 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA88 8PQ2 040-6BA05

b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA86 8PQ2 040-8BA08


VL630 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 2 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA02 8PQ2 040-6BA06

b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-3BA05 8PQ2 040-6BA08

b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 400 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA03 8PQ2 040-8BA06


I201_06938 I201_06913

VL800 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 600 1 8PQ6 000-3BA55 8PQ6 000-3BA07 8PQ2 060-6BA02

VL1250 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 600 1 8PQ6 000-3BA56 8PQ6 000-3BA11 8PQ2 060-6BA03

VL1600 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 700 1 8PQ6 000-3BA56 8PQ6 000-3BA12 8PQ2 070-6BA01

b For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 100 mm each, are required. Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.


© Siemens AG 2012



6/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6






Note• Cover is prepared for a motorised operating mechanism with



• For vertical assembly kits which are equipped with a motor-ised operating mechanism, the adjacent mounting space must be left empty so that the mechanism can be tensioned by hand.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, fixed version, for vertical installation

I201_06917 I201_06912 I201_07389

Circuit breaker Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA76 8PQ2 050-6BA05

4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-2BA82 8PQ2 050-6BA06

800 3 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA77 8PQ2 050-8BA07

4 Front, rear Direct 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-2BA83 8PQ2 050-8BA08

VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA16 8PQ2 050-6BA07

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-3BA22 8PQ2 050-6BA08


4 Front, rear Direct, rotary, motorised 500 1 ... 4 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-3BA23 8PQ2 050-8BA11

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, plug-in version, for vertical installation

I201_06917 I201_06912 I201_06913

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X a 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA25 8PQ2 035-6BA02

a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA28 8PQ2 035-6BA03

a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA26 8PQ2 035-8BA02


VL160/250 a 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA25 8PQ2 035-6BA02


a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA26 8PQ2 035-8BA02


VL400 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA85 8PQ2 040-6BA07

b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA88 8PQ2 040-6BA05

b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA86 8PQ2 040-8BA08


VL630 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA02 8PQ2 040-6BA06

b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-3BA05 8PQ2 040-6BA08

b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 3 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA03 8PQ2 040-8BA06


a For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 50 mm each, are required. Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.



© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/17Siemens LV 56 · 2011






NoteIn combinations of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame and motorised operating mechanism, the dimensions in chapter 11 "Mechanical Dimensions" must be taken into account.


3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, plug-in version, for vertical installation

I201_06917 I201_06912 I201_07389


mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA25 8PQ2 050-6BA05

4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-3BA28 8PQ2 050-6BA06

800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA26 8PQ2 050-8BA07


VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 4 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA25 8PQ2 050-6BA07


800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 500 1 ... 5 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA26 8PQ2 050-8BA10


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, for vertical installation

I201_06912 I201_06914


mm

No. of poles


mm



VL160/250 a 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-3BA26 8PQ2 035-8BA08

a 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6 000-3BA30 8PQ2 040-8BA15

VL400 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6 000-2BA88 8PQ2 040-6BA17

b 800 3 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 ... 2 8PQ6 000-2BA86 8PQ2 040-8BA16

b 4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA00 8PQ2 040-8BA17

VL630 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA05 8PQ2 060-6BA12

b 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct, rotary 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA06 8PQ2 040-8BA20

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, for vertical installationMinimum cubicle depth: 600 mm

I201_06915 I201_06916


mm

No. of poles


mm



VL800 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct 600 1 8PQ6 000-3BA87 8PQ2 060-6BA13

b 4 Front, rear Direct 600 1 8PQ6 000-3BA88 8PQ2 060-6BA14

VL1250/1600 b 600 3 Front, rear Direct 650 1 8PQ6 000-4BA00 8PQ2 065-6BA05

b 4 Front, rear Direct 650 1 8PQ6 000-4BA01 8PQ2 065-6BA06

a For front terminal bars, two additional covers, height 50 mm each, are required. Moreover, extended terminal covers have to be ordered for the respective circuit breaker.



© Siemens AG 2012


for horizontal installation with modular door

6/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



plate for front and rear terminal bars and fastening crossbars. • The modular door kit with degree of protection IP4X is made

up of a door, hinges, individual covers and fasteners. • The N-Link kit includes a support, cover and fasteners. In the

4-pole mounting plate and 3-pole moulded case circuit breaker combination this kit provides the internal separation for a branch unit.



a cubicle is not possible.• For degree of protection IP55 an upgrade to IP55 is available

(see page 7/8 "Modular Doors").


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version with direct operating mechanism, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_07283 I201_07323

Circuit breaker

Compartment width

mm

No. of poles


mm


N-Link Mounting plate Modular door




VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA30 8PQ2 015-6BA23



VL400 600 3 Front, rear Direct 200 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA44 8PQ2 020-6BA33









VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear Direct 450 1 8PQ6 000-3BA56 8PQ6 000-4BA47 8PQ2 045-8BA07



© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/19Siemens LV 56 · 2011


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, for horizontal installationModular door with holes for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06908

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment widthmm

No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA88 8PQ2 015-6BA14

4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-5BA01 8PQ2 020-6BA16

800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA41 8PQ2 020-8BA12

VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA00 8PQ2 015-6BA14



VL400 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 200 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA84 8PQ2 020-6BA20






VL800 600 31) Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 350 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA03 8PQ2 030-6BA16


I201_06911 I201_06952 I201_06908

VL800 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 2 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA55 8PQ6 000-4BA46 8PQ2 035-8BA13

VL1250 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 450 1 8PQ6 000-3BA56 8PQ6 000-4BA47 8PQ2 045-8BA06

VL1600 800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 3 450 1 8PQ6 000-3BA56 8PQ6 000-4BA48 8PQ2 045-8BA061) The assembly kit also supports the 4-pole circuit breaker with front connection

3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, fixed version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06909 I201_06908

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment widthmm

Operating mechanism

No. of poles Connection Height

mm



VL160X 600 Direct 3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA28 8PQ2 015-6BA24

4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-6BA35 8PQ2 020-6BA31

800 Direct 3/4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-6BA41 8PQ2 020-8BA16

8UC door coupling, size 1

3/4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA41 8PQ2 020-8BA12

VL160/250 600 Direct 3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA31 8PQ2 015-6BA25



3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-5BA00 8PQ2 015-6BA16




3/4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA42 8PQ2 020-8BA12

VL400 800 Direct 4 Front, rear 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA46 8PQ2 025-8BA11


4 Front, rear 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA44 8PQ2 025-8BA08


© Siemens AG 2012



6/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, plug-in version with direct operating mechanism, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_07283 I201_07323

Circuit breaker Compart-ment widthmm

No. of poles


mm

No. of circuit breakers

N-Link support Mounting plate Modular door




VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear Direct 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA32 8PQ2 015-6BA24






VL630 600 3 Front, rear Direct 300 1 -- 8PQ6000-6BA47 8PQ2 030-6BA24



3VL moulded case circuit breakers, plug-in version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_06906 I201_06908


No. of poles


mm



VL160X 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA24 8PQ2 015-6BA14



VL160/250 600 3 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-3BA24 8PQ2 015-6BA14


800 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling, size 1 200 1 8PQ 6000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 020-8BA12








3VL moulded case circuit breakers with RCD, plug-in version, for horizontal installation

I201_06911 I201_07283 I201_07323


Operating mechanism No. of poles

Connection Height

mm

No. of cir-cuit breakers


VL160X 600 Direct 3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA33 8PQ2 015-6BA24



8UC door coupling, size 1 3/4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 020-8BA12

VL160/250 600 Direct 3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA33 8PQ2 015-6BA25


8UC door coupling, size 1 3 Front, rear 150 1 -- 8PQ6 000-2BA75 8PQ2 015-6BA16



8UC door coupling, size 1 3/4 Front, rear 200 1 8PQ6 000-3BA52 8PQ6 000-4BA43 8PQ2 020-8BA12

VL400 800 Direct 4 Front, rear 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-6BA46 8PQ2 025-8BA11

8UC door coupling, size 2 4 Front, rear 250 1 -- 8PQ6 000-4BA44 8PQ2 025-8BA08


© Siemens AG 2012

6


for vertical installation with modular door

6/21Siemens LV 56 · 2011



plate for front and rear terminal bars and fastening crossbars.• The modular door kit with degree of protection IP4X with holes

for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms or cut-out for direct operating mechanism is made up of a door, hinges, individual covers and fasteners.




a cubicle is not possible.• For degree of protection IP55 an upgrade to IP55 is available

(see page 7/8 "Modular Doors").


3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version with direct operating mechanism, for vertical installation

I201_06917 I201_07283 I201_07323

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm







3VL moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, for vertical installation

I201_06917 NSE0_01544 NSE0_01547

Circuit breaker

Compart-ment width

mm

No. of poles


mm



VL630 400 3/4 Front, rear 8UC door coupling size 2 550 1 8PQ6 000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-4BA60 8PQ2 055-4BA13

600 3/4 Rear 8UC door coupling size 2 400 1 8PQ6 000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-3BA05 8PQ2 040-6BA16

3/4 Front 8UC door coupling size 2 600 1 8PQ6 000-3BA54 8PQ6 000-3BA05 8PQ2 060-6BA17










Contact protection covers over cable connection

I201_07390

Circuit breaker

Compartment width

mm

No. of poles Height

mm

Contact protection cover

VL630 400 3/4 400 8PQ5 000-3BA15

VL800 400 3/4 400 8PQ5 000-3BA15

VL1250 400 3/4 400 8PQ5 000-3BA15

VL1600 400 3/4 400 8PQ5 000-3BA15


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3VT moulded casecircuit breakers

6/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I201_18209

22

2

3

1

2

3

1 Assembly kit for 3VT1, fixed, vertical

Assembly kit for 3VT2, fixed, horizontal with mechanical lockAssembly kit for 3VT3, draw-out, vertical


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3VT moulded case circuitbreakers for horizontal installation

6/23Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6




versions suitable for direct and motorised operating mecha-nisms. The covers are secured to the front frame by means of fast closing screws. Hinges for fitting to the individual covers are available as an option.

NoteBefore mounting and connecting, read the operating instruc-tions and the manual issued for the device by its manufacturer.

Configuration Order No. Order No.

3VT moulded case circuit breakers, fixed and plug-in version, for horizontal installation

I201_06939 I201_06940


No. of poles


mm

No. of cir-cuit break-ers


3VT1 (160 A) 6001) 3/4 Front, rear Direct 150 1 8PQ6 000-4BA21 8PQ2 015-6BA17

3VT2 (250 A) 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 150 1 8PQ6 000-4BA23 8PQ2 015-6BA18



3VT3 (630 A) 600 4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 250 1 8PQ6 000-4BA26 8PQ2 025-6BA141) Mounting plate can be used only for fixed version.

3VT moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, for horizontal installation

I201_06941 I201_06942


No. of poles


mm

No. of cir-cuit break-ers


3VT2 (250 A) 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 250 1 8PQ6 000-4BA22 8PQ2 025-6BA13

3VT3 (630 A) 600 3/4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 300 1 8PQ6 000-4BA25 8PQ2 030-6BA20

Mechanical interlock, 3VT moulded case circuit breakers, for horizontal installation

• The mechanical interlock assembly kit contains a device holder with holes to fit the locking elements, the supporting rails and the fasteners.

• Note: For the mechanical coupling of 2 circuit breakers installed in the horizontal position use the mechanical inter-locking assembly kit and the relative breaker accessories.

I201_06943 I201_06960

Circuit breaker Compartment width

mm

Height

mm


3VT2, 3VT3 600 100 8PQ6 000-4BA34 8PQ2 010-6BA01


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3VT moulded case circuitbreakers for vertical installation

6/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


General description • The equipment support assembly kit contains a deep mounting


versions suitable for direct and motorised operating mecha-nisms. The covers are secured to the front frame by means of fast closing screws. Hinges for fitting to the individual covers are available as an option.

Note• Before mounting and connecting, read the operating instruc-

tions and the manual issued for the device by its manufacturer.• For voltages > 415 V, additional safety clearances are necessary.


3VT moulded case circuit breakers, fixed version, for vertical installation

I201_06932 I201_06946


mm

Operating mech-anism

No. of poles Connection Height

mm



3VT1 (160A) 600 Direct 3 Front 250 1 ... 5 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 025-6BA15

4 Front 250 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 025-6BA15

Motorised 3 Front 250 1 ... 2 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 025-6BA15

4 Front 250 1 ... 2 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 025-6BA15

3VT moulded case circuit breakers, fixed and plug-in version, for vertical installation

I201_06947 I201_06948


mm

No. of poles Connection Operating mecha-nism

Height

mm



3VT2 (250A) a, b 600 3 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 3 8PQ6 000-4BA28 8PQ2 035-6BA18

4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 350 1 ... 2 8PQ6 000-4BA30 8PQ2 035-6BA20



a Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 35 kA require two additional covers, 150 mm each. Moreover, the phase separators and the terminal covers have to ordered.

b Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 65 kA require two additional covers, 250 mm each. Moreover, the phase separators and the terminal covers have to ordered.


© Siemens AG 2012

6


Assembly kits for 3VT moulded case circuitbreakers for vertical installation

6/25Siemens LV 56 · 2011


3VT moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, for vertical installation

I201_06947 I201_06948


mm

No. of poles Connection Operating mecha-nism

Height

mm






4 Front, rear Direct, motorised 400 1 8PQ6 000-4BA33 8PQ2 040-6BA21

a Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 35 kA require two additional covers, 150 mm each. Moreover, the phase separators and the terminal covers have to ordered.

b Front terminal bars and a breaking capacity of 65 kA require two additional covers, 250 mm each. Moreover, the phase separators and the terminal covers have to ordered.


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3K switch disconnectors

6/26 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I201

_183

92

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1 Front frame

Assembly kit for 3KL, horizontal

Assembly kit for 3KL, vertical

Cover for 3KL with 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanism


© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/27Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

5

7

7

3

1

8

9

4

3 7

2

3KL basic deviceFuses, optionally BS-88 or LV HRC fuses

Coupling driver with extension shaft

Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20 (vertical to operator side)

Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side)

Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range are used as auxiliary switches.

8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or

All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with non-interchangeability features.

8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)

Optional

4. Pole (optional) 9

NS

E0_

0155

7e


© Siemens AG 2012



6/28 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


1) Technical specifications for CSA approval upon request.

Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107

Type 3KL50 3KL52 3KL53 3KL551) 3KL571) 3KL611)

3KL5, 3KL6 Rated continuous current Iu A 63 125 160 250 400 630for fuse links according to DIN 43620 Size 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and 000 1 and 2 1 and 2 3 and 2

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 35 70 120 150 2 × 150 or 1 × 240

2 × 240

Tightening torque Nm 6 .. 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 56Connecting screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12

3KA71 1Rated continuous current Iu A 32 45 63 80 100 125

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 50 50 50 50 50 50

Busbar size mm2 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3 16 × 3

3KA71 2Rated continuous current Iu A 160 200 250 -- -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 120 120 120 -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 20 × 5 20 × 5 20 × 5 -- -- -- --

3KA71 3Rated continuous current Iu A 315 400 -- -- -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 150 2 × 150 -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 2 × 25 × 5 2 × 25 × 5 -- -- -- -- --

3KA71 4Rated continuous current Iu A 630 -- -- -- -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 185 -- -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 2 × 32 × 6 -- -- -- -- -- --

3KA71 5Rated continuous current Iu A 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 240 -- -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 2 × 50 × 5 2 × 50 × 6 2 × 50 × 8 3 × 50 × 8 3 × 50 × 12 4 × 50 × 12 8 × 50 × 12

3KA71 6Rated continuous current Iu A 1600 2000 2500 3150 -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 2 × 80 × 10 2 × 80 × 10 3 × 80 × 10 2 × 100 × 10 -- -- --

3KL71 1Rated continuous current Iu A 32 45 63 80 -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 25 25 25 25 -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 12 × 3 12 × 3 12 × 3 12 × 3 -- -- --

3KL71 2Rated continuous current Iu A 100 125 160 -- -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 70 70 70 -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 16 × 4 16 × 4 16 × 4 -- -- -- --

3KL71 3Rated continuous current Iu A 200 250 -- -- -- -- --

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 120 120 -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 25 × 4 25 × 4 -- -- -- -- --


Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 240 240 -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 32 × 5 32 × 5 -- -- -- -- --


Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size mm2 2 × 185 2 × 185 -- -- -- -- --

Busbar size mm2 2 × 40 × 6 2 × 40 × 6 -- -- -- -- --


© Siemens AG 2012



6/29Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



plate for front and rear terminal bars and fastening crossbars.• The cover has a cut-out for the door-coupling rotary operating

mechanism.

NoteThe respective terminal covers must be ordered too for the dis-connector.

Configuration Order No. Order No. 3K disconnectors, fixed version, for horizontal installation

I201_06918 I201_06919


mm

No. of poles


mm



3KL50/3KL52 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

300 1 8PQ6 000-2BA65 8PQ2 030-6BA06


350 1 8PQ6 000-2BA71 8PQ2 035-6BA08

3KL61 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

550 1 8PQ6 000-2BA50 8PQ2 055-6BA02

3KL711/3KA711 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

200 1 8PQ6 000-2BA52 8PQ2 020-6BA10


250 1 8PQ6 000-2BA55 8PQ2 025-6BA03


300 1 8PQ6 000-2BA58 8PQ2 030-6BA04


350 1 8PQ6 000-2BA62 8PQ2 035-6BA06

3KL715/3KA715 a 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

450 1 8PQ6 000-2BA67 8PQ2 045-6BA02

3K disconnectors, fixed version, for vertical installation

I201_06920 I201_06921


mm

No. of poles


mm




250 1 8PQ6 000-2BA66 8PQ2 025-6BA05


350 1 8PQ6 000-2BA72 8PQ2 035-6BA10

3KL61 600 3 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

450 1 8PQ6 000-2BA51 8PQ2 045-6BA01


200 1 8PQ6 000-2BA53 8PQ2 020-6BA11

800 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

200 1 8PQ6 000-2BA54 8PQ2 020-8BA04


250 1 8PQ6 000-2BA56 8PQ2 025-6BA04


250 1 8PQ6 000-2BA57 8PQ2 025-8BA02


300 1 8PQ6 000-2BA60 8PQ2 030-6BA05


300 1 8PQ6 000-2BA61 8PQ2 030-8BA02


350 1 8PQ6 000-2BA63 8PQ2 035-6BA07


350 1 8PQ6 000-2BA64 8PQ2 035-8BA04

3KL715/3KA715 b 600 3/4 Front, rear Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

450 1 8PQ6 000-2BA68 8PQ2 045-6BA03


450 1 8PQ6 000-2BA70 8PQ2 045-8BA01

a Due to the size of its handle, the 1250A/50 kA 3KA715 disconnector requires an additional 200 mm cover.

b Due to the size of its handle, the 3KA715 disconnector can be installed only in versions up to 1250 A/35 kA.


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3NP switch disconnectors

6/30 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I201

_183

94

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

1 Front frame

Assembly kit for 3NP1, horizontal

Assembly kit for 3NP1, vertical

Assembly kit for connection to cascaded distribution busbar system

5 Cover for 3NP1 with direct operating mechanism


© Siemens AG 2012

6


Assembly kits for 3NP switch disconnectors

6/31Siemens LV 56 · 2011



plate for front and rear terminal bars and fastening crossbars.• The cover has a cut-out for the direct operating mechanism.

NoteBefore mounting and connecting, read the operating instruc-tions and the manual issued for the device by its manufacturer.


3NP1 disconnectors, fixed version, for horizontal installation

I201_07392l I201_07394


mm

No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism

Height

mm



3NP1 143 600 3 Front, rear Direct 250 1 8PQ6 000-3BA75 8PQ2 025-6BA16



3NP1 disconnectors, fixed version, for vertical installation

I201_07393 I201_07394


mm

No. of poles Connection Operating mechanism

Height

mm


Support for dis-tribution busbars

Cover

3NP1 123 600 3 Front, rear Direct 250 1 ... 4 8PQ6 000-3BA78 8PQ2 025-6BA18

800 3 Front, rear Direct 250 1 ... 6 8PQ6 000-3BA82 8PQ2 025-8BA10

3NP1 133 600 3 Front, rear Direct 300 1 ... 4 8PQ6 000-3BA78 8PQ2 030-6BA23

800 3 Front, rear Direct 300 1 ... 5 8PQ6 000-3BA82 8PQ2 030-8BA11


I201_07395

Copper connecting kits for 3NP1 disconnectors for connection to cascaded distribution busbar system


mm

No. of poles Installation type

Operating mechanism


3NP1 143 600 3 Fixed Direct 1 8PQ6 000-5BA68 1 unit



I201_07396

Copper connecting kits for 3NP1 disconnectors for connection to cables


mm

No. of poles Installation type

Operating mechanism






© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

6/32 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

1

2

3

4

Assembly kitfor 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnector, vertical

Front cover for assembly kit

Front frame

Cover for cable connection compartment

11111

55552

131313133

141414144

i201

_183

79


© Siemens AG 2012

6


Assembly kits for3NJ4 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

6/33Siemens LV 56 · 2011

1) When using different devices, take into account the load factor specified in standard EN 61439 part 1/DIN VDE 0660 part 600, Appendix E

2) The minimum space needed for the casing is 0.185 m3.

3) A special kit supplied on request is necessary for the 2 x 240 mm2 connec-tion.

Rated currents for the horizontal distribution rails

Note:

These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor in-stallation in accordance with IEC 61439-1, in particular with ref-erence to an ambient temperature of 35 °C (24 h average).

In different operating conditions, the correction factors given in the “Planning and Configuration” chapter have to be taken into account.

Type 3NJ41 0

3NJ5 0

3NJ41 2 3NJ41 3 3NJ41 4

Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107

Conventional thermal current

in free air Ith 1) A 160 250 400 630

in enclosed place Ithe 2) A 160 225 360 567

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 750 1000 1000 1000

Rated operating voltage Ue 40 Hz ... 60 Hz V AC

690 690 690 690

Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses

from 40 Hz to 60 Hz 690 V AC kA

(actual value)

50 50 50 50

Max. rated current of fuses In A 160 250 400 630

Admissible fuse cut-off current kA

(peak value)

15 28 39 52

For fuse kitaccording to IEC 60269-2-1 or sectioning brackets

Size/A 00/160 1/250 1 and 2/250 and 400

2 and 3/400 and 630

Degree of protection

with closed handle insert

with side cover and clamps

with open handle insert

IP30

IP10

IP30

IP10

IP30

IP10

IP30

IP10

Power dissipated from main current lines Ith W 18 23 49 110

Main conductor connection

Connecting screws

Flat rails

Cable lug, max. (multi-wire) conductor size

Tightening torque

Bracket/V clamps

mm

mm2

Nm

mm2

M8

24

95

10 ... 15

1,5 ... 70

M10

42

240

30 ... 35

25 ... 300

M12

42

240

30 ... 35

25 ... 300

M12

42

2403)

30 ... 35

25 ... 300

Fastening screws

for installation on busbars

tightening torque required

Nm

M8

16 ... 18

M12

35 ... 40

M12

35 ... 40

M12

35 ... 40

No. of bars Dimensions Rated current at 35 °C ambient temperature

mm IP ≤ IP41 IP55

1 60 × 10 1560 1280

80 × 10 1740 1430

100 × 10 2180 1790


© Siemens AG 2012



6/34 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


General description • The device holder is made up of crossbars and depth adjust-

able corner supports for the horizontal installation of distribu-tion busbars.

• For installation on the front frame there are covers suitable for direct operating mechanisms. The covers are secured to the front frame by means of fast closing screws.

• The modular door kit is made up of a door in degree of protec-tion IP30, hinges, individual covers and fasteners.

Note• The device holder is also suitable for use behind a closed door.• Kit for the connection of cables from the bottom and from the top.• Copper busbars are not included in the kit.• Two supports for the distribution busbars must be ordered.


3NJ4 disconnectors with front cover

I201_06923 I201_06924 I201_06925


mm

No. of poles


Height

mm

Circuit breakers per kit Device holder Support for dis-tribution busbars

Cover for direct operating mech-anism

3NJ4, size 1, 2, 3 600 3 Fixed 800 1 ... 4 8PQ6 000-2BA48 3NJ5 974-0AB 8PQ2 000-6BA06


Note:

To ensure proper function when using the swivel front frame, only the maximum possible number of components less 1 may be fitted.

3NJ4 disconnectors with modular door

I201_06923 I201_06924 I201_07391


mm

No. of poles


Height

mm

Circuit breakers per kit Device holder Support for dis-tribution busbars

Modular door for direct operating mechanism



I201_06926 I201_06927

Configuration for cable entry from the bottom Configuration for cable entry from the top


© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/35Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

I201

_183

93

2

3

4

2

5

1

2

3

4

1 Outer front cover for head compartment

Modular door for devices

Door for cable connection compartment

3NJ62 switch disconnector

5 Outer front cover for PE bar


© Siemens AG 2012



6/36 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


1) Standard IEC 61439 requires that rated uninterrupted current be reduced if busbars are installed in the control board.

Rated currents for the horizontal distribution rails

Note:

These values refer to normal operating conditions and indoor in-stallation in accordance with IEC 61439-1, in particular with ref-erence to an ambient temperature of 35 °C (24 h average).

In different operating conditions, the correction factors given in the “Planning and Configuration” chapter have to be taken into account.

Type

Switching capacity

3NJ60 0.-1

S

3NJ60 0.-3

H

3NJ60 1.-1

S

3NJ60 1.-3

H

3NJ60 2.-1

S

3NJ60 2.-3

H

3NJ60 3.-1

S

3NJ60 3.-3

H

Standards IEC 60947-1

Rated continuous current Iu1)

For fuse links according to IEC60269

A 160 250 400 630

Rated operating voltage Ue

with a rated frequency of

V AC

Hz

690

50/60

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000

Rated conditional short-circuit current

• Short-circuit resistance (actual value) kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

• Short-circuit switching capacity (actual value)

kA 55 66 55 66 55 66 55 66

Rated operating current Ie

• with 500 V AC

• with 690 V AC

AC-22B

AC-23B

AC-22B

AC-23B

A

A

A

A

160

--

160

--

160

160

160

125

250

--

200

--

250

250

200

200

400

–

400

–

400

400

400

315

630

--

630

--

630

630

630

500

Rated breaking capacity

• with 500 V AC

• with 690 V AC

cos ϕ = 0.65

cos ϕ = 0.35

cos ϕ = 0.95

cos ϕ = 0.35

A

A

A

A

480

–

480

–

480

1280

480

1000

750

–

600

–

750

2000

600

1600

1200

--

1200

--

1200

3200

1200

2520

1890

--

1890

--

1890

5040

1890

4000

Operating life

• overall

• mechanical

• electrical (690 V, cos ϕ = 0.65)

Operat-ing cy-cles

Operat-ing cy-cles

Operat-ing cy-cles

1600

1400

200

1600

1400

200

1000

800

200

1000

800

200

Power dissipated

(including LV HRC fuses with low

dissipation according to VDE 0636 part 2)

W 39 73 114 215

Permissible operating position Horizontal

Degree of protection (in operating con-ditions)

IP41

Main conductor connection

• Terminal connection

- Conductor size

(Al/Cu, single or multi-wire) according to DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)

- screw dimensions

- tightening torque

mm2

Nm

1 × 10 ... 95

M8

15

1 × 95 ... 240

M12

30

1 × 300,

2 × 95 ... 240

2 × M12

30

1 × 300,

2 × 95 ... 240

2 × M12

30

• Clamp connection

- conductor size (Al/Cu), rn

- conductor size (Al/Cu), re

- conductor size (Al/Cu), sm

- conductor size (Al/Cu), se

- tightening torque required

mm2

mm2

mm2

mm2

Nm

1 × 10 ... 50

1 × 10 ... 50

1 × 35 ... 95

1 × 50 ... 95

10

1 × 16 ... 35

1 × 16 ... 70

1 × 35 ... 240

1 × 35 ... 300

25

2 × 16 ... 35

2 × 16 ... 70

2 × 35 ... 240

2 × 35 ... 300

25

2 × 16 ... 35

2 × 16 ... 70

2 × 35 ... 240

2 × 35 ... 300

25

No. of bars Dimensions Rated current at 35 °C ambient temperature

mm IP ≤ IP41

1 60 × 10 1560

80 × 10 2100


© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/37Siemens LV 56 · 2011


General description• The assembly kit for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with

fuses in horizontal configuration contains vertical bars and busbar supports suitable for 3- and 4-pole versions.

• The device compartment consists of a modular door, vertical and horizontal partitions and a device holder.

Note• Depending on the interior organisation of the rack, configure

the rack, interior bearing structures with a usable height of 1600 mm, exterior bearing structures and partitions.

• The assembly kit can be used with racks of 1000 mm or 1200 mm width and 400 mm, 600 mm or 800 mm depth, and it oc-cupies a width of 600 mm.

• For each assembly kit for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses, configure 8 protective covers 3NJ6 916-4EA00.

• The 400 mm and 600 mm wide cable connecting compart-ment can be equipped with standard components for N and PE busbars, and cable supporting brackets.

• Depending on field conditions, it is necessary to configure a fixed cover before the busbars, a fixed cover before the PE busbars, and a door (for the cable connecting compartment).

• Max. degree of protection IP41• Copper busbars are not included in the kit.


I201_06928

Assembly kit for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses, plug-in version, for horizontal installation

No. of poles

Installation technique Height

mm

Width

mm

3/4 Plug-in design 1600 600 8PQ3 000-1BA48 1 unit

I201_06929

Compartment with modular doors for on-site installation of 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

Height

mm

Width

mm

200 600 8PQ3 000-1BA50 1 unit

400 600 8PQ3 000-1BA51 1 unit

I201_06930

Protective cover for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses 3NJ6 916-4EA00 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for modular devices

6/38 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

■ Overview

I201

_183

90

2

3

1

1

1

2

3

1 Assembly kit for modular devices

Front cover for assembly kit for modulardevices, 3-rowFront frame


© Siemens AG 2012

6



6/39Siemens LV 56 · 2011


General description • The kit for modular devices is made up of support brackets,

variable-depth 35 mm multiple DIN rail and fasteners. The multiple DIN rail makes it possible to snap the Sikclip wiring system onto the rear side. The multiple DIN rail can be modi-fied and adjusted for depth as desired even when fitted.

• The raceway fastening kit contains the support bracket and the necessary fasteners. It is used to fasten a horizontal raceway.

Note• The multiple DIN rail can be adjusted for a distance from the

front cover of 47.5 mm, 56.5 mm and 75.5 mm.• The support bracket makes it possible to fit a vertical raceway

up to 60 mm in width.• For each row, order one DIN rail kit of matching width.


DIN rail assembly kits for modular devices with front cover, 1-row

I201_06932 I201_06933

Row centre distance

mm

Height

mm

Width

mm

Modular units DIN rail Cover

150 150 600 24 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 015-6BA07

200 200 600 24 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 020-6BA12

150 150 800 35 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 015-8BA03

200 200 800 35 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 020-8BA05

DIN rail assembly kits for modular devices with front cover, 2-row

I201_06932 I201_06934

Row centre distance

mm

Height

mm

Width

mm

Modular units Quan-tity

DIN rail Cover

150 300 600 48 2 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 030-6BA07

200 400 600 48 2 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 040-6BA10

150 300 800 70 2 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 030-8BA03

200 400 800 70 2 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 040-8BA10

DIN rail assembly kits for modular devices with front cover, 3-rows

I201_06932 I201_06935

Row centre distance

mm

Height

mm

Width

mm

Modular units Quan-tity

DIN rail Cover

150 450 600 72 3 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 045-6BA04

200 600 600 72 3 8PQ6 000-3BA36 8PQ2 060-6BA04

150 450 800 105 3 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 045-8BA02

200 600 800 105 3 8PQ6 000-3BA37 8PQ2 060-8BA02


© Siemens AG 2012



6/40 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6

Configuration Order No. Order No. PS/P. unit

DIN rail assembly kits for modular devices with modular door, 1-row

I201_07397 I201_07398

Row centre distance

mm

Height

mm

Width

mm

Modular units DIN rail Modular door

200 200 600 24 8PQ6 000-6BA52 8PQ2 020-6BA28 1 unit

200 200 800 35 8PQ6 000-6BA53 8PQ2 020-8BA14 1 unit

Horizontal raceway fastening brackets

I201_06900

Width

mm

Assembly kit

600/800 8PQ6 000-0BA16 2 units


© Siemens AG 2012

6


Assembly kits for 8GK4 system

6/41Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Modular configuration of assembly kits for 8GK system

An adapter and crossbar delivery unit should be ordered for each cubicle for mounting the 8GK4 assembly kit.

Section-high configuration of assembly kits for 8GK system

One upright delivery unit is required per installation width.

I201

_183

87

1

1

4

23

1

2

4

3 Uprights

Adapter for assembly kits for 8GK system

Crossbars

8GK Assembly kit

I201

_183

88

16

7

5

2

33

41

1

2

4

3

5

6

7

Uprights

Adapter for assembly kits for 8GK system

Crossbars

Support for section-high equipment > 30 kg

Cubicle panelling for IP30 touch protection cover

Touch protection cover for 8GK assembly kits

8GK Assembly kit


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 8GK4 system

6/42 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


Configuration Order No. PS/P. unitHeight Width Width 8GK

mm mm mm

NSE0_01568

Adapter for installing 8GK system assembly kits for all heights

-- -- -- 8PQ3 000-1BA74 4 units

NSE0_01569

Uprights

300 -- -- 8GK4 855-2KK02 2 units 450 -- -- 8GK4 851-3KK00 2 units 600 -- -- 8GK4 851-4KK00 2 units 750 -- -- 8GK4 851-5KK00 2 units 900 -- -- 8GK4 851-6KK00 2 units

1050 -- -- 8GK4 851-7KK00 2 units1200 -- -- 8GK4 851-8KK00 2 units1350 -- -- 8GK4 852-8KK00 2 units1800 -- -- 8PQ3 000-1BA82 2 units

NSE0_01570

Crossbars

-- 350 250 8PQ3 000-1BA76 2 units-- 400 250 8PQ3 000-1BA77 2 units-- 600 500 8PQ3 000-1BA78 2 units-- 850 750 8PQ3 000-1BA80 2 units-- 1100 1000 8PQ3 000-1BA81 2 units

NSE0_01571

Supports for section-high equipment > 30 kg

1800 -- -- 8PQ3 000-1BA75 2 units

Touch protection covers

NSE0_01572

• For 8GK IP30 assembly kits

1800 350 -- 8PQ3 000-1BA83 1 unit1800 600 -- 8PQ3 000-1BA84 1 unit1800 850 -- 8PQ3 000-1BA85 1 unit1800 1100 -- 8PQ3 000-1BA86 1 unit

NSE0_01573

• For 8GK IP55 assembly kits


NSE0_01574

Cubicle panelling for IP30 contact protection cover



© Siemens AG 2012

6


8GK4 assembly kitsfor modular devices

6/43Siemens LV 56 · 2011


General description• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly,

comprising: mounting plates, front cover with supports, screws and fasteners

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 150, 300, 450, 600 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250

• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to the supports

Note To mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42).

The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm come with 7.5 mm DIN rails. The assembly kits with widths of 500/750 mm come with 15 mm DIN rails. MW = Modular Width


Assembly kits for modular devicesRow centre distance 150 mm, without N/PE bar

External dimensions in mm Rows/MWHeight Width

I201_03088

150 250 1/12 8GK4 351-1KK12 1 unit500 1/24 8GK4 351-1KK22 1 unit750 1/36 8GK4 351-1KK32 1 unit

I201_03090


I201_03092


I201_03094



© Siemens AG 2012


8GK4 assembly kitsfor terminal blocks

6/44 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



comprising: mounting plates, front cover with supports, screws and fasteners

• Dimensions of assembly kits, horizontal (mm)Height: 150, 300, 450 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250

• Dimensions of assembly kits, vertical (mm)Height: 300, 450, 600 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250

• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to the supports.

Note To mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42).


I201_03099

Assembly kits for horizontal terminal blocksTerminal blocks with graded design, separate, with closed front cover

External dimensions in mmHeight Width

150 250 8GK4 401-1KK12 1 unit

300 250 8GK4 401-2KK12 1 unit500 8GK4 401-2KK22 1 unit750 8GK4 401-2KK32 1 unit

450 500 8GK4 401-3KK22 1 unit750 8GK4 401-3KK32 1 unit

I201_03104

Assembly kits for vertical terminal blocksTerminal blocks, separate, with closed front cover





I201_06460

Front cover assembly kit for measuring instruments 8GK4 500-2KK20 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

6


8GK4 assembly kitswith mounting plates

6/45Siemens LV 56 · 2011



comprising: mounting plate, front cover including supports, mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), screws and mounting accessories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 300, 450, 600 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250


Note• To mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery

unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42). • If the mounting plate is fitted so that it extends over several cu-

bicle widths, no upright can be placed in the middle.


I201_03110

Assembly kits with mounting platesWith closed front cover





I201_03168

Cubicle-high mounting plates • with fixing screws• Sendzimir-galvanised sheet steel• for mounting on uprights• no covers possible



1000 8GK9 533-0KK40 1 unit1250 8GK9 533-0KK50 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


8GK4 assembly kitsfor empty sections

6/46 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



comprising: front cover including supports, screws and mounting accessories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 75, 150, 300, 450, 600 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250


NoteTo mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42).


I201_03120

Assembly kits for empty sectionsGray


75 250 8GK4 501-0KK12 1 unit500 8GK4 501-0KK22 1 unit






I201_06461

Assembly kits for empty sections with deep-drawn cover, 40 mm





© Siemens AG 2012

6


8GK4 assembly kits for3NP4 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

6/47Siemens LV 56 · 2011



comprising: Support plate, front cover including supports, moulded-plastic cover, screws and mounting accessories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 300, 450 Width: 250, 500 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250


Note • To mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery

unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42).• Copper busbars and busbar holders must be ordered sepa-

rately.• Please order matching 8GK9 711-0KK03 busbar holder sepa-

rately.


Assembly kits for 3NP4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors for mounting on support plateFixing plate with matching cover and moulded-plastic cover

Versions External dimensions in mmHeight Width

I201_03123

• Up to 160 A, for NH000 LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors- 1 × 3NP40 10 (disconnector left) 300 250 8GK4 551-2KK12 1 unit- 2 × 3NP40 10 300 250 8GK4 552-2KK12 1 unit- 4 × 3NP40 10 300 500 8GK4 552-2KK22 1 unit- 4 × 3NP40 10 450 250 8GK4 553-3KK12 1 unit

I201_03125

• Up to 160 A, for NH00 LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors- 1 × 3NP40 70 (disconnector left) 300 250 8GK4 554-2KK12 1 unit- 2 × 3NP40 70 300 250 8GK4 555-2KK12 1 unit- 4 × 3NP40 70 300 500 8GK4 555-2KK22 1 unit

NSE0_01621

• Up to 250 A, for NH1 LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors- 1 × 3NP42 70 450 250 8GK4 556-3KK12 1 unit- 2 × 3NP42 70 450 500 8GK4 556-3KK22 1 unit

I201_03128

• Up to 400 A, for NH2 LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors- 1 × 3NP43 70 450 250 8GK4 557-3KK12 1 unit

I201_01624

• Up to 630 A, for NH3 LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors- 1 × 3NP44 70 450 500 8GK4 558-3KK13 1 unit

NSE0_01623

Assembly kits for 3NP4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors for mounting on busbars Pole centre distance of 40 mm/60 mm, with matching cover and moulded-plastic cover

Type 1 Type 2 External dimensions in mmHeight Width

1 × NH000 1 × 3NP4 015 / 3NP4 016 300 250 8GK4 661-2KK12 1 unit450 250 8GK4 661-3KK12 1 unit






1 × NH1 1 × 3NP4 275 / 3NP4 276 450 250 8GK4 663-3KK12 1 unit

2 × NH1 2 × 3NP4 275 / 3NP4 276 450 500 8GK4 664-3KK22 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


8GK4 assembly kits for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers

6/48 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



comprising: Support plate, front cover including supports, screws and mounting accessories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 300, 450, 600 Width: 250, 500 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250


NoteTo mount the assembly kits you must order an adapter delivery unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42).


Assembly kits for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers


I201_03155

• 3 and 4-pole- 1 × VL160/VL160X 300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1 unit- 1 × VL160X, 1 × VL160, 1 × VL250 450 250 8GK4 701-3KK12 1 unit- 1 × VL400 600 250 8GK4 702-4KK12 1 unit

• 3-pole- 1 × VL630 600 250 8GK4 703-4KK13 1 unit

• 4-pole- 1 × VL630 600 500 8GK4 704-4KK13 1 unit

I201_06524

• For installation with mounted RCD module - 1 × VL160X + RCD 450 250 8GK4 720-3KK10 1 unit- 1 × VL160/VL250 + RCD 450 250 8GK4 721-3KK10 1 unit- 1 × VL400 + RCD 750 250 8GK4 720-5KK10 1 unit

I201_06525

• For installation with rotary front operating mechanism - 1 × VL160X/VL160/VL250 450 250 8GK4 722-3KK10 1 unit- 1 × VL400 600 250 8GK4 722-4KK10 1 unit- 1 × VL630 3-pole 600 250 8GK4 723-4KK10 1 unit- 1 × VL630 4-pole 600 500 8GK4 721-4KK20 1 unit

I201_06523

Assembly kits for 3KA switch disconnectors on support plate

Type Height in mm Width in mm

• 1 × 3KA50/51/52/53 300 250 8GK4 707-3KK17 1 unit• 1 × 3KA55/57/58 300 500 8GK4 707-4KK27 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

6


8GK4 assembly kitsfor 3NJ4 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

6/49Siemens LV 56 · 2011



comprising: front cover for empty sections including supports, busbar holders on support plate, screws and mounting acces-sories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 600, 750 Width: 250, 500, 750 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250



unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42). • The copper busbar must be ordered separately! • Attention: Max. rated current of 630 A! • If the assembly kits are fully equipped, an incoming feeder

bay is required. • If mounting the in-line fuse switch-disconnectors with

3NJ49 11-3AA00 busbar terminals, the assembly kits cannot be fully equipped!


Assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors


I201_03158

• Pole centre distance of 100 mm, with busbar holder- 4 × 3NJ4, size 00 600 250 8GK4 751-4KK13 1 unit- 9 × 3NJ4, size 00 600 500 8GK4 751-4KK23 1 unit- 14 × 3NJ4, size 00 600 750 8GK4 751-4KK33 1 unit

I201_10744

• Pole centre distance of 185 mm, with busbar holder- 2 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 250 8GK4 752-5KK15 1 unit- 4 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 500 8GK4 752-5KK25 1 unit- 7 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 750 8GK4 752-5KK35 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


8GK4 assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases

6/50 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6



comprising: front cover including supports, busbar holders for bus-mounting fuse bases, screws and mounting accessories

• Dimensions of assembly kits (mm)Height: 300, 450 Width: 250 Section size grid dimensions H × W: 150 × 250



unit, upright (per width) and crossbar (see page 6/42). • The Cu busbar must be ordered separately. • Two busbar holders are included in the assembly kit.


I201_03137

Assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases for mounting on busbar systems• 3-pole• Pole centre distance 60 mm• 7 × NEOZED D02


300 250 8GK4 801-2KK12 1 unit450 250 8GK4 801-3KK12 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

6


Assembly kits for modular devices –SIKclip

6/51Siemens LV 56 · 2011



General descriptionSikclip is a quick wiring system simplifying the connection of flush-mounted circuit breakers.• For direct mounting on the rear vertical CU busbar• Fixing with clips onto the back of the DIN rail (top hat rail).

Max. rated operating current In 250 A at 40 °C ambient temperature

Max. rated output current In 63 A at 40 °C ambient temperature

Rated operating voltage Un 400 V AC

Rated insulation voltage 660 V AC

Test voltage 2.5 kV, 50 Hz


Connecting conductors 40 A (6 mm2), 63 A (10 mm2)

Type of connecting conductor H07VK

Colour RAL 7035

Operating temperature -5 °C to +60 °C

Applicable standards EN 60947-1, EN 60439-3


I201_06991

SIKclip wiring systems

Modular width (MW)

12 5ST2 520 1 unit24 5ST2 521 1 unit36 5ST2 522 1 unit

Connecting conductors

Cross-section Length Colour

6 mm2 120 mm Black 5ST2 523 10 units

Blue 5ST2 524 10 units

220 mm Black 5ST2 527 10 units


10 mm2 120 mm Black 5ST2 525 10 units


220 mm Black 5ST2 530 10 units


Push-in connector 5ST2 532 20 units

Bracketsfor anchoring to back of DIN rail (pair)

5ST2 533 2 units


© Siemens AG 2012


Notes

6/52 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

6


© Siemens AG 2012

7

7


7/2 General data

7/3 Covers

Doors/outer front covers7/5 Introduction7/6 Outer front covers/head compartment

doors/base compartment doors7/7 Modular doors

7/10 Modular mounting plates

7/11 Mounting plates

7/12 19" racks

Covers, Modular Doors, Mounting Plates and 19" Racks


© Siemens AG 2012


General data

7/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7

■ Overview

I201

_183

66

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

1

234

1 Front frame, fixedCovers with ventilation slots, IP40Covers with cut-out for indicators and change-over switchesCovers without cut-out


© Siemens AG 2012

7


Covers

7/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The kit consists of a cover and quick-release locks. The covers are secured to the front frame by means of captive fast closing screws. 1/4 turn screws are tightened and loosened by means of a flathead or cross-tip screwdriver. In addition to fastening the cover, the screw also performs an earthing function for the cover.

Using the hinge option, the covers may be swung open. The hinges are mounted on the cover and front frame without having to use any additional mechanical parts and also perform an earthing function for the cover.



i201_06960

Covers without cut-out

Width Height

mm mm

600 50 8PQ2 005-6BA01 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-6BA01 1 unit

150 8PQ2 015-6BA02 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-6BA01 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-6BA01 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-6BA01 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-6BA01 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-6BA01 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-6BA01 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-6BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-6BA01 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-6BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-6BA01 1 unit

800 50 8PQ2 005-8BA01 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-8BA01 1 unit

150 8PQ2 015-8BA02 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-8BA01 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-8BA01 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-8BA01 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-8BA01 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-8BA01 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-8BA01 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-8BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-8BA01 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-8BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-8BA01 1 unit

i201_06973

i201_07285

Covers height 200 mm with cut-out

Width Cut-out

mm

600 2 instruments 72 × 72 mm + 2 change-over switches

8PQ2 020-6BA03 1 unit

4 instruments 72 × 72 mm + 1 change-over switch

8PQ2 020-6BA02 1 unit


8PQ2 020-8BA03 1 unit


8PQ2 020-8BA02 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Covers

7/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7

i201_06976

i201_06977

Covers mounting height 400 mm with cut-out

Width Cut-out

mm


8PQ2 040-6BA04 1 unit


8PQ2 040-6BA03 1 unit


8PQ2 040-8BA04 1 unit


8PQ2 040-8BA03 1 unit

i201_06978

Covers mounting height 100 mm with ventilation finsCut-out: ventilated

Width

mm

600 8PQ2 010-6BA02 1 unit

800 8PQ2 010-8BA02 1 unit

i201_07277

Hinge for cover• hinge position: left / right• with closing plugs for cover holes

8GK9 120-0KK11 10 units

Note

Two cover hinges must be used for each cover.



© Siemens AG 2012


Doors/outer front covers –Introduction

7/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7

■ Overview

The kit for the head compartment door for the main busbar sys-tem and the base compartment door is made up of a door with degree of protection IP4X, door hinge support, hinges and a two-way interlocking mechanism. The head compartment door kit also contains an identification strip.

The outer front cover kit for the main busbar system and PE bar is made up of a cover with identification strip and an anchoring support.

Configuration

For each cubicle with modular doors it is necessary to configure an outer front cover for the main busbar and PE bar or a head compartment door for the main busbar and a base compartment door for the PE bar.

I201_18210

2

2

2

4

3

3

1

2

3

4

1 Outer front cover for main busbars

Modular door

IP55 upgrade

Outer front cover for PE bar


© Siemens AG 2012


Doors/outer front covers –Outer front cover/head compartment door/base

7/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7



Outer front cover for main busbars

i201_06981

Outer front covers for head compartment: Height 225 mmDegree of protection: IP4X

Width

mm

400 8PQ2 022-4BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ2 022-6BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 022-8BA01 1 unit

Head compartment door for main busbars

i201_07276

Head compartment doorsDegree of protection: IP4X

Width Height

mm mm

400 225 8PQ2 022-4BA04 1 unit

725 8PQ2 072-4BA02 1 unit

600 225 8PQ2 022-6BA04 1 unit

725 8PQ2 072-6BA01 1 unit

800 225 8PQ2 022-8BA03 1 unit

i201_06982

IP55 upgrades for outer front cover and head compartment door for main busbars

Width

mm

400 225 8PQ2 022-4BA03 1 unit

725 8PQ2 070-4BA06 1 unit

600 225 8PQ2 022-6BA02 1 unit

725 8PQ2 070-6BA11 1 unit

800 225 8PQ2 022-8BA02 1 unit

Outer front cover for PE bar

i201_06960

Outer front covers for base compartment: Height 175 mmDegree of protection: IP4X

Width

mm

400 8PQ2 015-4BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ2 000-6BA07 1 unit

800 8PQ2 000-8BA07 1 unit

Base compartment door for PE bars

i201_06989

Base compartment doors: Height 700 mmDegree of protection: IP4X

Width

mm

400 8PQ2 070-4BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ2 070-6BA05 1 unit

i201_06983

IP55 upgrades for outer front cover and base compartment door for PE bars

Width Height

mm mm

400 175 8PQ2 015-4BA03 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-4BA05 1 unit

600 175 8PQ2 015-6BA13 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-6BA10 1 unit

800 175 8PQ2 015-8BA08 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

7


Doors/outer front covers –Modular doors

7/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The modular door kit is made up of a door with degree of protec-tion IP4X, door hinge support, hinges and two-way interlocking mechanism.

The outer front cover kit includes a cover and anchoring support.



Modular door

i201_06989

Modular doorsDegree of protection: IP4X.

Width Height

mm mm

400 150 8PQ2 015-4BA04 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-4BA01 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-4BA01 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-4BA01 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-4BA01 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-4BA01 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-4BA01 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-4BA01 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-4BA11 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-4BA01 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-4BA01 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-4BA07 1 unit

750 8PQ2 072-4BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-4BA01 1 unit

600 150 8PQ2 015-6BA10 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-6BA14 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-6BA07 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-6BA10 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-6BA12 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-6BA12 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-6BA05 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-6BA03 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-6BA04 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-6BA06 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-6BA03 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-6BA03 1 unit

750 8PQ2 075-6BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-6BA03 1 unit

800 150 8PQ2 015-8BA05 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-8BA07 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-8BA04 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-8BA05 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-8BA06 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-8BA12 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-8BA03 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-8BA03 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-8BA03 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-8BA04 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-8BA03 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-8BA01 1 unit

750 8PQ2 075-8BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-8BA03 1 unit

Note

• A combination of front frame and covers with modular doors in a cubicle is not pos-sible.

• When using the equipment with modular doors, the remaining heights must be closed with 50 mm or 100 mm height front covers.


© Siemens AG 2012



7/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7i201_06980

IP55 upgrades for modular door

Width Height

mm mm

400 150 8PQ2 015-4BA05 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-4BA03 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-4BA02 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-4BA02 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-4BA02 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-4BA03 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-4BA02 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-4BA02 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-4BA07 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-4BA03 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-4BA02 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-4BA08 1 unit

750 8PQ2 075-4BA01 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-4BA04 1 unit

600 150 8PQ2 015-6BA12 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-6BA15 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-6BA08 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-6BA12 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-6BA13 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-6BA13 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-6BA06 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-6BA04 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-6BA06 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-6BA07 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-6BA04 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-6BA04 1 unit

750 8PQ2 075-6BA02 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-6BA04 1 unit

800 150 8PQ2 015-8BA07 1 unit

200 8PQ2 020-8BA08 1 unit

250 8PQ2 025-8BA05 1 unit

300 8PQ2 030-8BA06 1 unit

350 8PQ2 035-8BA07 1 unit

400 8PQ2 040-8BA13 1 unit

450 8PQ2 045-8BA04 1 unit

500 8PQ2 050-8BA04 1 unit

550 8PQ2 055-8BA06 1 unit

600 8PQ2 060-8BA05 1 unit

650 8PQ2 065-8BA04 1 unit

700 8PQ2 070-8BA02 1 unit

750 8PQ2 075-8BA02 1 unit

800 8PQ2 080-8BA04 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

7



7/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06984

Outer front coversDegree of protection: IP4X

Width Height

mm mm

400 50 8PQ2 005-4BA03 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-4BA02 1 unit

600 50 8PQ2 005-6BA04 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-6BA04 1 unit

800 50 8PQ2 005-8BA04 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-8BA04 1 unit

i201_06985

IP55 upgrades for outer front cover

Width Height

mm mm

400 50 8PQ2 005-4BA01 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-4BA01 1 unit

600 50 8PQ2 005-6BA03 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-6BA03 1 unit

800 50 8PQ2 005-8BA03 1 unit

100 8PQ2 010-8BA03 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012


Modular mounting plates

7/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7

■ Overview

The modular mounting plate kit is made up of the mounting plate, crossbars and fasteners. The mounting plate can be or-

dered with or without holes and can be adjusted for depth and fastened on crossbars.



i201_06986

Modular mounting plates without holesClosed

Width Height

mm mm

400 150 8PQ3 000-2BA60 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-2BA17 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA66 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-2BA18 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-2BA21 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-2BA23 1 unit

600 150 8PQ3 000-2BA62 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-1BA56 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA51 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-1BA61 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA65 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA26 1 unit

800 150 8PQ3 000-2BA64 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-1BA58 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA53 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-1BA63 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA67 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA28 1 unit

i201_06987

Modular mounting plates with holeswith hole spacing

Width Height

mm mm

400 150 8PQ3 000-2BA61 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-2BA24 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA67 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-2BA25 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-2BA27 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-2BA30 1 unit

600 150 8PQ3 000-2BA63 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-1BA57 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA52 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-1BA62 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA66 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA27 1 unit

800 150 8PQ3 000-2BA65 1 unit

200 8PQ3 000-1BA60 1 unit

300 8PQ3 000-2BA54 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-1BA64 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA68 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA30 1 unit

Note

• In mounting plates with holes, the hole spacing is 25 mm × 25 mm.

• The hole diameter of 5.4 mm is suitable for the use of M6 self-tapping screws.


© Siemens AG 2012

7


Mounting plates

7/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The mounting plate kit is made up of the mounting plate and fas-tening brackets. The brackets are fastened to the side upright or to the rear part of the cubicle. For applications with a heavy load there are reinforced mounting plates made of 3 mm thick sheet steel.

To facilitate the installation of the mounting plate, the lower fas-tening brackets are designed for slanted plate insertion.

The connecting panel kit makes it possible to connect two mounting plates which are configured side by side in two cubi-cles.


By means of 6 additional crossbars the mounting plate can be adjusted for depth. The crossbars are described in chapter 10 “Accessories” under mechanical accessories.


i201_06961

Mounting plates, standard version 2 mm

Height Width

mm mm

1600 400 8PQ3 000-0BA33 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA35 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA37 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA06 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA07 1 unit

1900 400 8PQ3 000-0BA32 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA34 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA36 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA04 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA05 1 unit

i201_06961

Mounting plates, reinforced version 3 mm

Height Width

mm mm

1600 800 8PQ3 000-2BA81 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-2BA55 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-2BA57 1 unit

1900 800 8PQ3 000-2BA80 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-2BA56 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-2BA58 1 unit

i201_06975

Connecting panels for mounting plate

Height

mm

1600 8PQ3 000-1BA10 1 unit

1900 8PQ3 000-1BA08 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


19" racks

7/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

7

■ Overview

For the installation of a 19” rack, a fixed version kit for 600 mm wide cubicles and a section-high swivel version kit for 800 mm wide cubicles are available.



i201_06990

Mounting kits for 19" rack• Equipment height in mm: 1800• Module height (HE): 39

Cubicle width Installation type

mm


800 Swivel 8PQ3 000-1BA12 1 unit

Note

• 1 module height (HE) = 44.45 mm.

• Swivel frame for left and right hinge position.

• The maximum weight of the equipment which can be installed is 160 kg.


© Siemens AG 2012

8

8


8/2 General data

8/4 Main busbar systems

8/7 Distribution busbar systems

SENTRON protection and switching devices

8/10 3WL protection and switching devices

8/12 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP protection and switching devices

8/17 3VL protection and switching devices, rear connection

8/21 3NJ4, 3NJ6 protection and switching devices

Internal Separation


© Siemens AG 2012

Internal Separation

General data

8/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

■ Overview

Internal separation is achieved with partitions, covers and de-vice enclosures. Enclosed protected compartments are thus created. Internal separation results in a higher level of safety for people and equipment.

Benefits• Reduction of possible hazards during connection, scheduled

maintenance and extraordinary maintenance operations• Attenuation of the consequences of local faults and faster re-

sumption of regular operation

Applications• Protection against contact between live parts belonging to ad-

jacent functional units; degree of protection required: IPXXB or higher; and/or

• Protection against the intrusion of foreign bodies from a func-tional unit into an adjacent functional unit; degree of protection required: IP2X or higher; and

• Protection against accidental contact with hazardous parts in the functional unit.

SIVACON S4

With SIVACON S4, internal separation form 2b is achieved by separating the main busbar system and the vertical distribution busbars by means of partitions and covers.

Therefore assembly kits for protection and switching devices which comply with internal separation form 1 in their basic ver-sion do not require any additional separation to achieve form of internal separation 2b.

If only one circuit breaker per cubicle is used, form 3b corresponds to form 4b (3b = 4b).

Definitions according to IEC 61439-1 and EN 61439-1Form 1 No internal separation

Form 2 Separation between busbars and functional units

Form 2a No separation between connections and busbars

Form 2b Separation between connections and busbars

Form 3 • Separation between busbars and all functional units

• Separation between all the functional units

• Separation between the connections of conductors going to the exterior and the functional units, but no separation between the connections and the functional units

Form 3a No separation between connections and busbars

Form 3b Separation between connections and busbars

Form 4 • Separation between busbars and all functional units

• Separation between all the functional units

• Separation between the connections of conductors going to the exterior which are associated with functional units and the connections of all the other functional units and the busbars

Form 4a Connections in the same cell as the functional unit concerned

Form 4b Connections not in the same cell as the functional unit concerned

LV56_08_02.fm Seite 2 Montag, 23. April 2012 9:19 09

© Siemens AG 2012

8

Internal Separation

General data

8/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Form 1

Legend:

Functional units

° Input and output connections

1 = Main busbars

2 = Vertical distribution busbars

3 = Input circuit

4 = Output circuit

Form 2a Form 2b

Form 3a Form 3b

Form 4a Form 4b

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18216

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18217

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18218

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18219

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18220

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18221

3

1

2 2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

I201_18222


© Siemens AG 2012

Internal Separation

Main busbar systems

8/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

■ Overview

i201_07010

Main busbar system in standard position, top front

Depth 400 mm

i201_07007

Main busbar system in standard position, top front

Depth 600 mm

i201_07008

Main busbar system in standard position, top front or rear

Depth 800 mm

i201_07009

Main busbar system in standard position, top front and rear

Depth 800 mm

i201_07011

Main busbar system in variable position, variable rear

Depth 800 mm

i201_07280

Main busbar system at rear with vertical bar configuration


© Siemens AG 2012

8

Internal Separation

Main busbar systems

8/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

The form of internal separation 2b kit for main busbar systems contains the parts and fastening screws needed to achieve this separation form.

■ Configuration

One unit per cubicle corresponding to the relative dimensions for equipment compartment or cable compartment.

To use a section as a riser duct it is necessary to use a side up-right matching the equipment height and depth, with no bottom plate partition crossbar.

For form of internal separation 2b from the master busbar in combination with kits for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses there is a special partition.



i201_07000

Main busbar systems in standard position top with horizontal bar arrangement, form of internal separation 2bHeight: 225 mm

Cubicle depth Position of main busbar system

Compartment width

mm mm

400 Front 200 8PQ3 000-1BA52 1 unit

350 8PQ3 000-2BA68 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA67 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA68 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA70 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA70 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA13 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA15 1 unit

600 Front 200 8PQ3 000-1BA53 1 unit

350 8PQ3 000-2BA71 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA52 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA53 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA54 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA72 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA14 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA16 1 unit

800 Front or rear 200 8PQ3 000-1BA54 1 unit

350 8PQ3 000-2BA73 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA55 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA56 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA57 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA74 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA17 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA18 1 unit

Front and rear 200 8PQ3 000-1BA55 1 unit

350 8PQ3 000-2BA75 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA58 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA60 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA61 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA76 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA20 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA21 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

Internal Separation

Main busbar systems

8/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

i201_07002

Main busbar systems in variable position rear, form of internal separation 2bHeight: 250 mm


Compartment width

mm mm

4001), 6001), 800 Variable 350 8PQ3 000-2BA77 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA78 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-0BA80 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-0BA81 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA78 1 unit

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA22 1 unit

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA23 1 unit1) With modular doors

i201_07340

Main busbar systems in position rear with vertical bar arrangement, form of internal separation 2b


Compartment width

mm mm

400 Rear top/middle/bottom 350 8PQ3 000-2BA00 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-2BA01 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-2BA02 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-3BA00 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA03 1 unit

600 Rear top/bottom 350 8PQ3 000-2BA05 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-2BA06 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-2BA07 1 unit

850 8PQ3 000-2BA08 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

Internal Separation


8/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

■ Overview

The form of internal separation 2b kit for distribution busbar sys-tems contains the parts and fasteners needed to achieve this separation form.

■ Configuration

For cubicles placed side-by-side, order an additional separation kit to obtain form 2b for the vertical busbars or separation be-tween cubicles.

The protective front separation cannot be fitted to the back of 400 mm deep cubicles.

I201_18223

2

2

2

1

1

2

1 2b form of internal separation for main busbar

2b form of internal separation for vertical distribution busbar


© Siemens AG 2012

Internal Separation


8/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8



Vertical distribution busbar systems with main busbars at the top, form of internal separation 2b


Cubicle depth Compartment width

mm mm

Front 400 200, 400 8PQ4 000-0BA05 1 unit

600 200, 400 8PQ4 000-0BA07 1 unit

Front and rear 800 200, 400 8PQ4 000-0BA64 1 unit

Front or rear 800 200 8PQ4 000-0BA02 1 unit

400 8PQ4 000-0BA01 1 unit

Vertical distribution busbar systems without main busbars, form of internal separation 2bCompartment width in mm: 200, 400


Cubicle depth

mm

Front and rear 400 8PQ4 000-0BA06 1 unit

600 8PQ4 000-0BA03 1 unit

800 8PQ4 000-0BA76 1 unit

I201

_182

12I2

01_1

8213

I201

_182

15I2

01_1

8214

I201

_182

15


© Siemens AG 2012

8

Internal Separation


8/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06997

Vertical distribution busbars, contact protection coversHeight in mm: 1900

Outer enclosure Compartment width

mm

Internal cover 200 8PQ3 000-0BA50 1 unit

Outer front cover/door 200 8PQ3 000-2BA50 1 unit

400 8PQ3 000-0BA51 1 unit

i201_06993

Vertical separation between cubiclesHeight in mm: 1900

Cubicle depth Quantity

mm

400 1 8PQ3 000-0BA15 1 unit

600 1 8PQ3 000-0BA16 1 unit

800 2 8PQ3 000-0BA15 1 unit

Note

The separation between cubicles kit is symmetrically split and is provided with removable pre-sectioning units.



© Siemens AG 2012

Internal SeparationSENTRON Protection and Switching Devices

3WL protection and switching devices

8/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

■ Overview

The separation kit for 3WL circuit breakers ensures rear and side separation.

Cubicle with busbar connections and form 4b separation.



i201_06994

3WL circuit breakers, form 3 separationModule height: 550 mm


Compartment width Installation type

mm

I Door 400 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5 000-3BA82 1 unit

600 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5 000-3BA82 1 unit

Cover 600 Fixed 8PQ5 000-0BA08 1 unit




II Door 600 Draw-out 8PQ5 000-3BA82 1 unit

800 Fixed/draw-out 8PQ5 000-3BA81 1 unit

Cover 600 Fixed 8PQ5 000-0BA13 1 unit




Note

The separations cannot be used for 3WL1240.


© Siemens AG 2012

8


3WL protection and switching devices

8/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_06996

i201_06995

3WL circuit breakers, form 4 separationInstallation type: Fixed version and draw-out version


Com-part-ment width

Section depth

Function compartment

Mounting height



mm mm mm mm

I Door 400 400 Cable connection1)

250 300

Connection to cubicle rail

250 300 8PQ5 000-3BA84 1 unit

600/800 Cable connection 250 300 8PQ5 000-4BA00 1 unit


250 300 8PQ5 000-3BA85 1 unit

600 400 Cable connection1)

250 300


250 300 8PQ5 000-3BA86 1 unit

600/800 Cable connection 250 300 8PQ5 000-4BA01 1 unit


250 300 8PQ5 000-3BA87 1 unit

Cover 600 600/800 Cable connection 250 300 8PQ5 000-0BA30 1 unit


250 300 8PQ5 000-0BA14 1 unit

800 600/800 Cable connection 250 300 8PQ5 000-1BA68 1 unit

Connectionto cubicle rail

250 300 8PQ5 000-1BA67 1 unit

II Door 800 600/800 Cable connection 350 400 8PQ5 000-4BA02 1 unit

Connectionto cubicle rail

300 350 8PQ5 000-3BA88 1 unit

Cover 800 600/800 Cable connection 350 400 8PQ5 000-0BA38 1 unit


300 350 8PQ5 000-0BA21 1 unit

1) For size I with door and cubicle depth 400 mm, the form 4 separation for cable connections from the form 4 kit for connection to the cubicle bar is satisfied



© Siemens AG 2012

Internal SeparationSENTRON Protection and Switching Devices3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP protection and switchingdevices

8/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

■ Overview

For assembly kits such as 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP, modular devices on DIN rail and modular mounting plates, a modular separation system is available.

The moulded case circuit breaker kits achieve form 1 separa-tion. Form 2b is achieved through the separation of main bars and vertical distribution busbars.

Form 4a is achieved through the combination of horizontal, ver-tical and rear vertical partitions.

The form 4a separation kit for 3VL draw-out versions is made up of a combination of horizontal, vertical and rear vertical parti-tions.

Configuration information:

The plug-in rail kit is needed for separation form ≥ 2b. The plug-in rail is used for fastening the horizontal and vertical partitions in the rear compartment without the use of screws. After install-ing the plug-in rail kit in the cubicle type for simple applications, the compartment can be equipped in section height with type 3VL and 3KL horizontal branch units up to 630 A.

I201

_183

631

4

4

23

3

1

2

4

3 Crossbars

Separation vertical to the cable compartment on the side

Horizontal separation

Plug-in rails


© Siemens AG 2012

8


3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP protection and switchingdevices

8/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Configuration information:• For modular device kits, crossbars must also be configured.• 400 mm deep cubicles need one horizontal and one vertical

separation for each branch unit.• 600 mm and 800 mm deep cubicles need one horizontal, one

vertical and one rear vertical separation for each branch unit.• When using the copper connecting kit for 3VL moulded case

circuit breakers, no separation vertical to the cable compart-ment is needed on the side.

• For vertical separation with a height of 50 mm you must order two kits for 25 mm height.

I201_18211

2

2

3

4

1

15

5

5

5

2

3

1 Horizontal separation

Separation for 400 mm deep cubicles

Separation for 600 mm and 800 mm deep cubicles

Separation vertical to the cable compartment on the side

Vertical separation

4 Rear vertical separation

5 Crossbars


© Siemens AG 2012


8/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8



i201_07006

Plug-in rails for form 3 and 4 separation

Equipment height

mm

1600 8PQ3 000-0BA82 2 units

1800 8PQ3 000-0BA83 2 units

Note

Order one plug-in rail kit per compartment width of 600 mm or 800 mm.

i201_07014

Crossbars• Equipment height in mm: 25• Cubicle depth in mm: 400, 600, 800


i201_07015

Horizontal separationCubicle depth in mm: 400, 600, 800

Compartment width

mm

400 8PQ5 000-3BA44 1 unit

600 8PQ5 000-2BA61 1 unit

800 8PQ5 000-2BA62 1 unit

i201_07016

Separation vertical to the cable compartment on the sideCubicle depth in mm: 400, 600, 800

Mounting height Branch current

mm A

25 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA63 2 units

100 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA27 1 unit

150 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA28 1 unit

200 ≤ 250 8PQ5 000-2BA30 1 unit

≥ 400 8PQ5 000-2BA31 1 unit

250 ≤ 250 8PQ5 000-2BA32 1 unit

≥ 400 8PQ5 000-2BA33 1 unit

300 ≤ 250 8PQ5 000-2BA34 1 unit

≥ 400 8PQ5 000-2BA35 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-2BA46 1 unit

350 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA36 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-3BA48 1 unit

400 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA37 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-3BA50 1 unit

450 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA38 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-2BA65 1 unit

500 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA40 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-2BA66 1 unit

550 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA41 1 unit

600 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA42 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-2BA48 1 unit

650 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA43 1 unit

700 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA44 1 unit

≥ 800 8PQ5 000-2BA50 1 unit

800 -- 8PQ5 000-2BA45 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

8


3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP protection and switchingdevices

8/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011

i201_07017

Rear vertical separationCubicle depth in mm: 600, 800

Compartment width Mounting height

mmmm

600 50 8PQ5 000-2BA51 1 unit

100 8PQ5 000-2BA52 1 unit

150 8PQ5 000-2BA53 1 unit

200 8PQ5 000-2BA54 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-2BA55 1 unit

300 8PQ5 000-2BA56 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-2BA57 1 unit

450 8PQ5 000-2BA58 1 unit

550 8PQ5 000-2BA60 1 unit

800 50 8PQ5 000-2BA67 1 unit

100 8PQ5 000-2BA68 1 unit

200 8PQ5 000-2BA70 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-2BA71 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-2BA72 1 unit

400 8PQ5 000-2BA73 1 unit

450 8PQ5 000-2BA74 1 unit

i201_07018

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, horizontal, form 4a separation

Compart-ment width

Cubicle depth Circuit breaker

No. of poles Branch height

Cable connection

mm mm mm

600 400 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front 8PQ5 000-1BA76 1 unit

VL400 3/4 300 Front 8PQ5 000-1BA77 1 unit

VL630 3 300 Front 8PQ5 000-1BA81 1 unit

VL630 4 350 Front 8PQ5 000-1BA80 1 unit

600, 800 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-1BA82 1 unit

VL400 3/4 300 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-1BA84 1 unit

VL630 3/4 1) Front, rear

800 400 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front 8PQ5 000-2BA75 1 unit



600, 800 VL160/250 3/4 250 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-2BA80 1 unit

VL400 3/4 300 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-2BA86 1 unit

VL630 to VL1600

3/4 1)

1) Select separations according to the dimensions from modular separation kits for vertical side and/or rear.



© Siemens AG 2012


8/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, draw-out version, vertical, form 4a separation

Compart-ment width

Circuit breaker

No. of poles

Cubicle depth

Branch height

Cable connection

mm mm mm

i201_07019

600 VL160/250 3/4 400, 600, 800 350 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-1BA86 1 unit

VL400/630 3/4 400, 600, 800 400 Front 8PQ5 000-1BA87 1 unit

VL800 3/4 600, 800 600 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-1BA88 1 unit

VL1250/1600 3/4 600, 800 650 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-2BA00 1 unit

i201_07020

800 VL160/250 3/4 400, 600, 800 350 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-2BA01 1 unit

VL400/630 3/4 400 Front, rear 8PQ5 000-2BA02 1 unit

i201_06998

i201_07003

i201_06999

Connecting terminals, upgrade for separation 4a to 3b• The “connecting terminal” kit achieves separation from form 4a to form 3b.• Separation from form 3b to form 4b is achieved through the combination of con-

necting terminal and protective bellows.

Rated current In Busbar

A mm × mm

-- None 8PQ5 000-0BA05 4 units

250 2 × 25 × 5 8PQ5 000-0BA72 2 units

400 1 × 30 × 10 8PQ5 000-0BA73 4 units

630 1 × 40 × 10 8PQ5 000-0BA74 4 units

Note

• In addition to the partitions, the required number of terminals (with or without copper busbars) has to be ordered.

• When using the copper connecting assembly kit for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers, terminals need not be ordered.

i201_07024

Protective bellows, separation upgrade from 3b to 4b 8PQ9 400-0BA03 4 units



© Siemens AG 2012

8


3VL protection and switching devices,rear connection

8/17Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

The internal separation kits for 3VL with rear connection com-bined with the modular components for the vertical distribution bars and the cable connection compartments achieve form 4b separation. Separation of the distribution bars is possible by means of horizontal partitions in sub-segments. The cable con-nection compartment kits for VL250 to VL1600 include cable connecting bars made of copper, while those for VL160 have a DIN rail for the terminals. The terminals are not included in the scope of supply.

■ Configuration

Each installation compartment requires the basic module for rear connection. It provides the necessary rear vertical separa-tion and is a central mounting point for the vertical separation of the cubicle distribution busbar and the cable connection com-partment.

Each installation compartment needs at least one horizontal separation module for the distribution busbar. In the case of sub-segments, each needs one horizontal separation kit for the dis-tribution busbar.

2

4

3

11

5

5

5

2

3

4

1 Basic module for rear connection

Front side of the section

Vertical separation for distribution busbar

Horizontal separation for distribution busbar

Cable connection compartment

4 Cover plate for cable connection compartment

I201

_183

80


© Siemens AG 2012

Internal SeparationSENTRON Protection and Switching Devices3VL protection and switching devices, rear connection

8/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8



i201_07305

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, basic module for rear connection

Compartment width Branch height

mm mm

600 150 8PQ5 000-3BA65 1 unit

200 8PQ5 000-3BA66 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-3BA67 1 unit

300 8PQ5 000-3BA68 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-3BA70 1 unit

400 8PQ5 000-4BA03 1 unit

800 200 8PQ5 000-3BA77 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-3BA78 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-3BA80 1 unit

400 8PQ5 000-4BA04 1 unit

450 8PQ5 000-4BA05 1 unit

i201_07306

Vertical separation for cubicle distribution busbar

Compartment width Branch height

mm mm

600 150 8PQ5 000-3BA52 1 unit

200 8PQ5 000-3BA53 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-3BA54 1 unit

300 8PQ5 000-3BA55 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-3BA56 1 unit

400 8PQ5 000-4BA06 1 unit

800 200 8PQ5 000-3BA58 1 unit

250 8PQ5 000-3BA60 1 unit

350 8PQ5 000-3BA61 1 unit

400 8PQ5 000-4BA07 1 unit

450 8PQ5 000-4BA08 1 unit

500 8PQ5 000-4BA10 1 unit

i201_07307

Horizontal separation for cubicle distribution busbar

Compartment width

mm

600 8PQ5 000-3BA63 2 units

800 8PQ5 000-3BA64 2 units


© Siemens AG 2012

8


3VL protection and switching devices,rear connection

8/19Siemens LV 56 · 2011

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, for horizontal installation, cable connection compartment for rear connection

Versions No. of poles Module height

mm

i201_07308

VL160X, VL160 3 150 8PQ6 000-5BA13 1 unit

VL160X, VL160 4 200/2501) 8PQ6 000-5BA14 1 unit

i201_07309

i201_07325

VL250 3 150 8PQ6 000-5BA15 1 unit

4 200/2501) 8PQ6 000-5BA17 1 unit

VL400 3 200 8PQ6 000-5BA18 1 unit

4 200/3001 8PQ6 000-5BA20 1 unit

VL630 3 300 8PQ6 000-5BA21 1 unit

4 350 8PQ6 000-5BA22 1 unit1)Height of compartment for draw-out version. The height of the cable connection

compartment does not change and is the same for the fixed version and the plug-in version.

i201_07311

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, cover plate for cable connection compartment

Versions No. of poles Module height

mm

VL160X, VL160, VL250 3 150 8PQ5 000-3BA71 1 unit

VL160X, VL160, VL250 4 200 8PQ5 000-3BA72 1 unit

VL400 3 200 8PQ5 000-3BA73 1 unit

4 250 8PQ5 000-3BA74 1 unit

VL630 3 300 8PQ5 000-3BA75 1 unit

4 350 8PQ5 000-3BA76 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

Internal SeparationSENTRON Protection and Switching Devices3VL protection and switching devices, rear connection

8/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8

i201_07341

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, for horizontal installation, fixed version, connection module for rear connection• The kit is made up of a complete configuration of partitions, copper busbars for

circuit breaker connection, cable connection bars, and the cover plate of the cable connection compartment

• For each rear connection kit it is necessary to configure a basic module for rear connection at the corresponding height.

Compart-ment width

Circuit breaker

No. of poles

Operating mechanism type Height

mm mm

600 VL800 3 Direct 350 8PQ6 000-5BA87 1 unit

Motor/door coupling 350 8PQ6 000-5BA88 1 unit

Rotary 350 8PQ6 000-6BA00 1 unit

4 Direct 400 8PQ6 000-6BA25 1 unit



800 VL800 3/4 Direct 400 8PQ6 000-6BA25 1 unit



VL1250 3/4 Direct 450 8PQ6 000-6BA01 1 unit




i201_07341

3VL moulded case circuit breakers, for horizontal installation, draw-out version, connection module for rear connection• The kit is made up of a complete configuration of partitions, copper busbars for

circuit breaker connection, cable connection bars, and the cover plate of the cable connection compartment

• For each rear connection kit it is necessary to configure a basic module for rear connection at the corresponding height.

Compart-ment width

Circuit breaker

No. of poles

Operating mechanism type Height

mm mm

800 VL800 3/4 Direct 500 8PQ6 000-6BA05 1 unit





© Siemens AG 2012

8


3NJ4, 3NJ6 protection and switching devices

8/21Siemens LV 56 · 2011



i201_07021

3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors, 3b separationThe form 3b separation kit for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors is made up of horizontal, vertical and vertical partitions at the side and rear.

Compartment width

mm

600 8PQ5 000-1BA70 1 unit

800 8PQ5 000-1BA71 1 unit

Note

• Order one kit for each 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnector kit.

• For cable connection from the top you must order a crossbar kit and a horizontal partition with the corresponding compartment width in addition.

i201_07022

3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses, 2b and 3b separation• Compartment width in mm: 600• The form 3b separation kit for 3NJ6 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses

achieves separation of the main busbar and the vertical distribution busbar from the equipment compartment.

• Horizontal separation is achieved by the 3NJ6 in-line fuse switch disconnector.

Position of main busbar system Cubicle depth

mm

Front 400 8PQ3 000-1BA44 1 unit

600 8PQ3 000-1BA45 1 unit

800 8PQ3 000-1BA46 1 unit

Front and rear 800 8PQ 3000-1BA47 1 unit

Note

• Order one kit for each 3NJ6 kit.

• For the cable connection compartment, one 2b separation from the main busbar in the selected cubicle dimensions must be ordered in addition.

• Form 4b separation is realised by device-specific covers. These must be ordered separately.


© Siemens AG 2012


Notes

8/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8


© Siemens AG 2012


9

9

9/2 Introduction

9/4 Filter fans

9/7 Air-conditioning/cooling units

9/8 Heat exchangers

9/9 Heaters

9/10 Fan heaters

9/12 Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules

Technical informationcan be found atwww.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support

under Product List:- Technical Specifications

under Entry List:- Updates- Download- FAQ- Manuals- Characteristic curves- Certificates

and atwww.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators

- Configurators

SIVACON 8MRSystem Air-Conditioning


© Siemens AG 2012

SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning

Introduction

9/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

■ Overview

Control supply voltage or voltage for switching capacity

24/48 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 400/440 V AC 8MR system air-conditioningFilter fans

Standard filter fans, IP54 or IP55

• With or without additional EMC protection ❍ ✓ ✓ --

• Cooling capacity 8 W/K ... 282 W/K ❍ ✓ ✓ --

• Air rate 25 m3/h ... 845 m3/h ❍ ✓ ✓ --

• Size 92 × 92 mm to 292 mm × 292 mm ❍ ✓ ✓ --

• Colour RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 ❍ ✓ ✓ --

Roof filter fans, IP44

• Cooling capacity 113 W/K ... 242 W/K -- ✓ ✓ --

• Air rate 350 m3/h ... 690 m3/h -- ✓ ✓ --

• Size 430 mm × 430 mm to 470 mm × 470 mm -- ✓ ✓ --

• Colour RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 -- ✓ ✓ --

Air-conditioning/cooling units

For door and side-panel mounting (recessed)

• 380 ... 5800 W -- -- ✓ ✓

For roof mounting

• 410 ... 3850 W -- -- ✓ ✓

Heat exchangers

Standard

• Air/air (at ΔT = 20 K) -- ✓ ✓ --

For side panel and door mounting

• 700 ... 1900 W -- ✓ ✓ --

Heaters optionally without or with thermostat

• 10 W ... 150 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --

Fan heaters optionally without or with thermostat

• 100 W ... 1200 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --

• Setting ranges 0 ... +60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F ✓ ✓ ✓ --

Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules

Thermostats, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts

• Setting ranges -10... +80 °C -- ✓ ✓ --

• Switching capacities up to 16 A ✓ ✓ ✓ --

Hygrostats, CO contacts ✓ ✓ ✓ --

• 40 ... 95 % relative air humidity ✓ ✓ -- --

Hygrotherms, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts

• Setting ranges 0 ... 60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F -- ✓ ✓ --

• 50 ... 90 % relative air humidity -- ✓ ✓ --

• Switching capacities 6 (1) A ... 8 (1.6) A ✓ ✓ ✓ --

• Switching modules 16 A ✓ -- -- --

✓ Available or possible

-- Not available or not possible

❍ On request

The figures in brackets indicate inductive switching capacities


© Siemens AG 2012

9


Introduction

9/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Benefits

Installing air-conditioning equipment in SIVACON cubicle sys-tems ensures high fault tolerance for switchgear and controlgear assemblies and consequently a high level of availability of ma-chines and plants.

■ Applications

In cubicles, depending on the immediate surroundings (e.g. presence of hot, cold or moist air etc.), there may be a tendency for the switchgear to overheat or for mould to form. In such cases the cubicles should be air-conditioned. The following air-condi-tioning equipment is available for this purpose:• Filter fans• Air-conditioning/cooling units• Air/air heat exchangers• Heaters/thermostats

When selecting the individual air-conditioning units, the follow-ing factors must be taken into account: ambient temperature, power dissipated from the devices installed, maximum admissi-ble temperatures of the devices, and heat dissipated via the cu-bicle. In addition, the required degree of protection must also be taken into account.

System air-conditioning − optimum air flow

■ More information

For more information see Industry Mall under"Building Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation

Technology" --> "SIVACON Switchboards and Busbar Trunking Systems"

--> "System Cubicles, System Lighting and Air-Conditioning"

--> "SIVACON 8MR System Lighting and Air-Conditioning"

35 C°

25 C°

55 C°

Hot air from the equipment and busbars

Cubicle

Cold airrecirculation

Optimum, extended air duct for the system air-conditioning

NSE0_01390a


© Siemens AG 2012


Filter fans

9/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

■ Overview

Filter fans are the most cost-effective method - after heat dissi-pation through the surface of a cubicle and/or ventilation fins in the switchgear enclosures - for dissipating heat from the cubicle.

However, the temperature reached inside the board is higher than ambient temperature.

Standard filter fans optionally in EMC version

When filter fans are used for air-conditioning, the cubicle must have openings which allow electromagnetic radiation to pass in and out unobstructed. Filter fans in EMC version offer additional protection when higher requirements are imposed on electro-magnetic compatibility.

Filter fan versions

The following filter fans are available on request:• Standard filter fan IP54, colour RAL 7035/7032• Standard filter fan IP55, colour RAL 7035/7032• Standard filter fan EMC, colour RAL 7035/7032, IP54• Standard filter fan EMC, colour RAL 7035/7032, IP55

Note:

For all standard filter fans the useful cooling capacity and air flow-rate are reduced by an average of approx. 30% in combi-nations of filter fan/outlet filter/filter mat, and for roof filter fans by approx. 40 %.


Filter fans

Degree of protection

Size Air flow-rate through free intake at 50 Hz

Cut-out Voltage Power rating at 50 Hz

Colour Order No. PS/P. unit

RAL

m3/h mm V W

Filter fans 50/60 Hz except 8MR6 402-2LV41

i202_06530

IP54 1 25 92 × 92 115 AC 12 7035 8MR6 411-5LV10 1 unit230 AC 12 7032 8MR6 423-2LV10 1 unit230 AC 12 7035 8MR6 423-5LV10 1 unit

2 63 125 × 125 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 411-5LV25 1 unit230 AC 20 7032 8MR6 423-2LV25 1 unit230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 423-5LV25 1 unit

3 115 177 × 177 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 411-5LV30 1 unit230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 423-5LV30 1 unit


250 223 × 223 24 DC 16 7032 8MR6 402-2LV41 1 unit115 AC 43 7035 8MR6 411-5LV41 1 unit230 AC 45 7032 8MR6 423-2LV41 1 unit230 AC 45 7035 8MR6 423-5LV41 1 unit


930 292 × 292 115 AC 115 7035 8MR6 411-5LV80 1 unit230 AC 135 7035 8MR6 423-5LV80 1 unit

i202_06530

IP55 2 63 125 × 125 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 511-5LV25 1 unit230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 523-5LV25 1 unit







© Siemens AG 2012

9


Filter fans

9/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Outlet filters

Size Air flow-rate through free intake at 50 Hz

Cut-out Voltage Power rating at 50 Hz

Colour Order No. PS/P. unit RAL

m3/h mm V W

i202_06535

EMC filter fans IP54




i202_06535

EMC filter fans IP55




Size Dimensions Colour Order No. PS/P. unitCut-out External

dimensionsW × H

Mounting depth Cover grille height

RAL

mm mm mm mm

i202_06526

Outlet filters IP54

1 92 × 92 105 × 105 12 4.5 7032 8MR6 400-2GV10 1 unit

7035 8MR6 400-5GV10 1 unit

2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7032 8MR6 400-2GV25 1 unit

7035 8MR6 400-5GV25 1 unit

3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 400-5GV30 1 unit

4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7032 8MR6 400-2GV45 1 unit

7035 8MR6 400-5GV45 1 unit

6 292 × 292 323 × 323 33 6.5 7032 8MR6 400-2GV67 1 unit

7035 8MR6 400-5GV67 1 unit

i202_06526

Outlet filters IP55

2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7035 8MR6 500-5GV25 1 unit

3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 500-5GV30 1 unit

4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 500-5GV45 1 unit

6 292 × 292 323 × 323 33 6.5 7035 8MR6 500-5GV67 1 unit

i202_06520

EMC outlet filters IP54

3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 400-6GV30 1 unit

4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 400-6GV45 1 unit

EMC outlet filters IP55

3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 500-6GV30 1 unit

4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 500-6GV45 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Filter fans

9/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

Filter mats

Roof filter fans

19" fan draw-out unit

Size Dimensions Order No. PS/P. unitW × H

mm

i202_06588

Filter mats for filter fans or outlet filters for IP54

1 89 × 89 8MR6 000-0AM10 5 units

2 118 × 118 8MR6 000-0AM25 5 units

3 171 × 171 8MR6 000-0AM30 5 units

4 216 × 216 8MR6 000-0AM45 5 units

6 283 × 283 8MR6 000-0AM67 5 units

Air flow-rate through free intake at 50 Hz

Dimensions Voltage Power rating

Order No. PS/P. unitCut-out External

dimensionsW × H × T

m3/h mm mm V W

i202_06520

Roof filter fans IP 44 for 50/60 Hz, colour RAL 7035

405 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 40/45 8MR6 311-5DL40 1 unit

230 40/45 8MR6 323-5DL40 1 unit

690 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 100/130 8MR6 311-5DL42 1 unit

230 100/130 8MR6 323-5DL42 1 unit

i202_06507

Roof filter fans IP 44, colour RAL 7035

Without fan 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 83 -- -- 8MR6 000-5DE40 1 unit

Power Voltage Series Order No. PS/P. unit

W V

NSE0_00767

45 230 LE 019 8MR2 190-1A 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

9


Air-conditioning/cooling units

9/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

8MR6 cooling units: top left for door or side panel mounting, bottom right for roof mounting

Where ambient temperatures are higher than the admissible de-vice temperatures, air-conditioners must be used.

All the units operate with CFC-free refrigerants. Air-conditioners dehumidify the air inside the cubicle.

Cooling units for door, side panel or roof mounting

Two separate cooling circuits ensure that no ambient air enters the cubicle. High-performance radial fans provide for effective air circulation inside the cubicle.

Intelligent standard electronic components with maximum cus-tomer benefits:• Simple temperature control with an integrated thermostat• Test mode• Temperature limits• Start-up delay• Door contact function• Fault indicator contact• On-site diagnostics• UL approval• CE approval

Versions

Air-conditioning/cooling units are available in the following ver-sions:• For side panel and door mounting• For roof mounting


Cooling units for door or side panel mounting, degree of protection IP54 inside/IP34 outside, colour RAL 7035

1) Top mounting and complete installation in the cubicle possible. 2) Partial installation in the cubicle possible.

Cooling units for roof mounting, degree of protection IP54 inside/IP34 outside, colour RAL 7035

i202_06504

i202_06503

Cooling capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate inside/outside

Order No. PS/P. unitW × H × D

W W mm m3/h

i202_06546

Cooling units for 230 V, 50/60 Hz1)

380 280 285 × 460 × 180 280/280 8MR6 423-5EG04 1 unit

640 400 360 × 606 × 212 330/570 8MR6 423-5EG06 1 unit

820 440 348 × 783 × 215 330/570 8MR6 423-5EG08 1 unit

10502) 570 348 × 783 × 215 570/860 8MR6 423-5SK10 1 unit

15502) 880 400 × 950 × 233 570/1050 8MR6 423-5SK15 1 unit

20502) 1080 400 × 1265 × 236 860/1050 8MR6 423-5SK20 1 unit

Cooling units for 400 V, 50/60 Hz1)

2900 1220 500 × 1270 × 336 860/1450 8MR6 440-5EG30 1 unit

1780 1780 500 × 1270 × 336 1450/1450 8MR6 440-5EG40 1 unit

5800 2340 600 × 2000 × 380 1450/2900 8MR6 440-5EG60 1 unit

Cooling capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate inside/outside


W W mm m3/h

i202_06503

Cooling units for 230 V, 50/60 Hz

410 270 259 × 264 × 486 235/330 8MR6 423-5DE04 1 unit

820 510 340 × 340 × 600 330/570 8MR6 423-5DE08 1 unit

1150 550 401 × 415 × 567 570/1010 8MR6 423-5DE12 1 unit

1550 810 401 × 415 × 567 860/1820 8MR6 423-5DE15 1 unit

2050 1190 401 × 415 × 567 1050/1820 8MR6 423-5DE20 1 unit

Cooling units for 400 V, 50/60 Hz

2900 1210 492 × 496 × 797 860/3410 8MR6 440-5DE30 1 unit

3850 1630 492 × 496 × 797 1450/3410 8MR6 440-5DE40 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Heat exchangers

9/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

■ Overview

i202_06544

80 W/K heat exchanger

Air-air principle

Heat exchangers working according to the air-air principle use two fully separate air circuits: an internal and an external circuit. A fan draws in cold air from the exterior. A second fan then di-rects the warmed cubicle air past a large-area finned partition el-ement, which passes the heat to the external circuit.

Note:

The units are suitable for top mounting and complete installation in the cubicle.


Standard air-air heat exchangers, degree of protection IP54, colour RAL 7035

Thermal capacity Rated power Dimensions Air flow-rate inside/outside


W/K W mm m3/h

i202_06544

Heat exchangers for 230 V, 50/60 Hz

36 140 316 × 771 × 93 570/570 8MR6 423-5ML36 1 unit

80 240 317 × 1260 × 108 1050/1050 8MR6 423-5ML80 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

9


Heaters

9/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

NSG0_00189

Small semiconductor heater, 8MR2 131-0A

Cubicle heaters are used to prevent malfunctions caused by condensation formation and corrosion phenomena as well as to maintain a minimum interior temperature.

The plastic enclosure is designed such that the surface temper-atures on the touchable side areas are kept very low.

The heaters are designed for uninterrupted duty.

All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for spe-cial voltages.



Heaters

NSG0_00197

Heaters, UL-approved, with PTC thermistor110-250 V AC/DC

• 15 W 8MR2 130-1A 2 units

• 30 W 8MR2 130-3A 2 units

• 45 W 8MR2 130-4A 1 unit

• 60 W 8MR2 130-6A 1 unit

• 75 W 8MR2 130-7A 1 unit

• 100 W 8MR2 130-0A 1 unit

• 150 W 8MR2 130-5A 1 unit

NSG0_00206

Semiconductor heaters without thermostat, degree of protection IP20, UL-approved, compact design120-250 V AC/DC

• 50 W 8MR2 131-4A 1 unit

• 100 W 8MR2 131-0A 1 unit

• 150 W 8MR2 131-5A 1 unit

NSG0_00188

Semiconductor heaters with thermostat, degree of protection IP20, compact design120-250 V AC/DC

• 50 W, 15 °C 8MR2 132-1A 1 unit

• 50 W, 25 °C 8MR2 132-1AB 1 unit

• 100 W, 15 °C 8MR2 132-0A 1 unit

• 100 W, 25 °C 8MR2 132-0AB 1 unit

• 150 W, 15 °C 8MR2 132-5A 1 unit

• 150 W, 25 °C 8MR2 132-5AB 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012


Fan heaters

9/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

■ Overview

NSG0_00185

Fan heater with integrated thermostat or hygrostat

Where higher heating outputs (from 150 W) are required, fan heaters are used.

The integrated fans provide for better air circulation and hereby achieve a more even air temperature distribution in the cubicle.

All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for spe-cial voltages.



Fan heaters

i202_06591

Fan heaters in standard version

• Without fan, UL-approved

- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2 140-0A 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2 140-1A 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2 140-2A 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2 140-3A 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 140-4A 1 unit

i202_06592

• With fan, UL-certified

- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2 140-0B 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2 140-1B 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2 140-2B 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2 140-3B 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 140-4B 1 unit

i202_06590

Compact fan heaters

• With fan, UL-certified

- 230 V AC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4A 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 122-8A 1 unit

- 120 V AC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4B 1 unit

- 120 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 122-8B 1 unit

• With fan

- 24 V DC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4AB 1 unit

- 48 V DC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4AC 1 unit

• Without fan, UL-approved

- 230 V AC, 600 W 8MR2 140-6C 1 unit

• With fan

- 230 V AC, 600 W 8MR2 140-6D 1 unit

NSG0_00185

Fan heaters with integrated thermostat or hygrostat230 V AC, 950 W

• Fan heater, UL-approved, for anchoring to the base

- Temperature range 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-0A 1 unit

- 65 % relative air humidity 8MR2 150-0BA 1 unit

NSG0_00204

• Fan heater, UL-approved, for wall mounting

- Temperature range 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-0C 1 unit

- 65 % relative air humidity 8MR2 150-0CA 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

9


Fan heaters

9/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011


Semiconductor fan heatersFan heatersUL-approved

• Clip fastener for 35 mm DIN rail

- 230 V AC, 350 W, °C 8MR2 140-3C 1 unit

- 230 V AC, 550 W, °C 8MR2 140-5C 1 unit

- 120 V AC, 350 W, °F 8MR2 140-3D 1 unit

- 120 V AC, 550 W, °F 8MR2 140-5D 1 unit

NSG0_00186

• With fastener

- 230 V AC, 150 W, clip fastener for 35 mm DIN rail

- 230 V AC, 150 W, screw fastening

8MR2 150-2C

8MR2 150-2D

1 unit

1 unit

NSG0_00205

PTC fan heaters for anchoring to the base230 V AC, 1200 W, screw fastener (M5)

• With thermostat, 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-2A 1 unit

• Without thermostat 8MR2 150-2B 1 unit

NSG0_00203

PTC heaters for wall mountingUL-approved, 230 V AC, 1200 W, clip fastener for 35 mm DIN rail or screw fastener (M6)

• With thermostat, 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-3A 1 unit

• Without thermostat 8MR2 150-3B 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012



9/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9

■ Overview

NSG0_00192

Fix thermostat, FTO 01 series, NC contact

Thermostats

Thermostats (NC, NO or CO contacts) are used to control the op-eration of cooling units, filter fans and heat exchangers, as well as to trigger signals in case of excessive temperatures.

Hygrostats

Hygrostats are used to regulate heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature increase raises the dew point from a critical humid-ity of 65% in cubicles and enclosures with built-in electrical and electronic components. This prevents condensation on struc-tural parts and electronic components.

Hygrotherms

Hygrotherms monitor both temperature and relative humidity in cubicles and enclosures with built-in electrical/electronic com-ponents and switch on a heater or fan upon reaching the se-lected values (temperature or relative humidity). This prevents condensation on structural parts and electronic components.

Switching modules

Switching modules are electronic relays for the switching of high-power DC devices.

Thermostats, hygrostats or hygrotherms can be connected to operate the switching modules.

Note:

The switching capacity values quoted in brackets refer to induc-tive loads.



Thermostats

NSG0_00199

Small thermostatsUL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 A (2 A)

• NC contact

- Temperature range 0 ... 60 °C 8MR2 170-2BA 1 unit

- Temperature range -10 ... 50 °C 8MR2 170-1CA 3 units

- Temperature range +20 ... 80 °C 8MR2 170-1DA 3 units

NSG0_00200

• NO contact

- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2 170-2BB 1 unit

- Temperature range -10 ... +50 °C 8MR2 170-1CB 3 units

- Temperature range +20 ... +80 °C 8MR2 170-1DB 3 units

NSG0_00192

NSG0_00194

Fix thermostatsUL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)

• NC contact

- Temperature range 15 °C / 59 °F (5 °C / 41 °F) 8MR2 171-1BA 1 unit

- Temperature range 25 °C / 77 °F (15 °C / 59 °F) 8MR2 171-2BA 1 unit

• NO contact

- Temperature range 50 °C / 122 °F (40 °C / 104 °F), 8MR2 171-1BB 1 unit

- Temperature range 60 °C / 140 °F (50 °C / 122 °F), 8MR2 171-2BB 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

9


Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms,switching modules

9/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011


NSG0_00195

Mechanical thermostatsUL-approved

• Changeover contact +5 ... +60 °C, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 A (4 A)

8MR2 170-1A 2 units

• Changeover contact -20 ... +30 °C, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 A (4 A)

8MR2 170-1B 1 unit

Electronic thermostats 8MR2 170-2A 1 unit

• CO contact, 0 ... +60 °C, max. switching capacity 28 V DC, 16 A

Twin thermostats 8MR2 170-1E 2 units

• NC and NO contact, 0 ... +60 °C, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 (2 A)

i202_06589

Twin thermostats (Fix)

• NC contact, 15 °C/59 °F (5 °C/41 °F) and NO contact, 50 °C/122 °F (40 °C/104 °F)max. switching capacity 250 V ac, 5 A (1.6 A)

8MR2 172-1A 1 unit

• NC contact, 25 °C / 77 °F (15 °C / 59 °F) and NO contact, 60 °C/140 °F (50 °C / 122 °F)max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A) or 30 W DC

8MR2 172-2A 1 unit

• NO contact, 50 °C / 122 °F (40 °C / 104 °F) and NO contact, 60 °C / 140 °F (50 °C / 122 °F)max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)

8MR2 172-1AB 1 unit

HygrostatsMechanical hygrostats 8MR2 170-1C 1 unit• UL-approved• For regulating heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature increase raises the dew point• CO contact, 230 V AC• 35 ... 95 % relative air humidity• max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (0.2 A) or 20 W DC• min. switching capacity 20 V AC/DC, 100 mA

NSG0_00190

Electronic hygrostats 8MR2 170-1AF 1 unit• CO contact, 230 V AC• 40 ... 90 % relative air humidity • max. switching capacity 240 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A), • for regulating heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature increase raises the dew point


© Siemens AG 2012



9/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

9


For more information see Industry Mall under"Building Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation

Technology" --> "SIVACON Switchboards and Busbar Trunking Systems"

--> "System Cubicles, System Lighting and Air-Conditioning"

--> "SIVACON 8MR System Lighting and Air-Conditioning"


Hygrotherms

i202_06587

Electronic hygrothermsUL-approved, 50 ... 90 % relative air humidity, for simultaneously monitoring both temperature and relative humidity in cubicles and enclosures with electronic components, CO contact

• 120 V AC, +32 to +140 °F, max. switching capacity NC contact: 120 V AC, 6 A (1 A), max. switching capacity NO contact: 120 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A)

8MR2 170-4F 1 unit

• 120 V AC, 0 ... +60 °C, max. switching capacity NC contact: 120 V AC, 6 A (1 A), max. switching capacity NO contact: 120 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A)

8MR2 170-4H 1 unit

• 230 V AC, 0 ... +60 °C, max. switching capacity NC contact: 240 V AC, 6 A (1 A), max. switching capacity NO contact: 240 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A)

8MR2 170-4E 1 unit

Switching modulesSwitching modules

Electronic relay for switching high-power DC devices from thermostats, hygrostats or hygrotherms

• 24 V DC, 16 A 8MR2 180-1A 1 unit

• 48 V DC, 16 A 8MR2 180-1B 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

10

10


Fasteners10/2 Fasteners

for mechanical connections10/2 Fasteners for electrical connections,

rectangular profiles10/2 Fasteners for busbar electrical

connections, with H profiles10/2 Fasteners for electrical connections

Miscellaneous parts10/3 Column ID plate10/3 Door and special covers10/5 Mechanical accessory parts10/7 Flange plates for cubicle type

Economic10/7 Cable entries for flange plates10/8 Electrical accessories10/9 Tools10/9 Other parts

Accessories


© Siemens AG 2012

Accessories

Fasteners

10/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

10



Fasteners for mechanical connections

I201_07034

Self-tapping screws, DIN 7500

External diameter × Length in mm

M6 × 10 8PQ9 500-0BA34 100 unitsM6 × 16 8PQ9 500-0BA32 100 unitsM6 × 20 8PQ9 500-0BA31 100 units

Self-tapping countersunk screw DIN 7500, M6 x 12 8PQ9 500-1BA07 100 units

Accessories

Cap for self-tapping screw RAL7035 8PQ9 400-0BA14 100 units

Fasteners for electrical connections, rectangular profiles

I201_07035

Square screws DIN 603


M10 × 35 8PQ9 500-0BA14 50 unitsM10 × 45 8PQ9 500-0BA16 50 unitsM10 × 55 8PQ9 500-1BA36 50 unitsM10 × 65 8PQ9 500-1BA25 50 units

Note

For electrical connections make exclusive use of 8.8 strength class fasteners.

I201_06880

Busbar clamps 8PQ9 400-0BA02 20 units

Fasteners for busbar electrical connections, with H profiles

I201_07036

T-head screws


M10 × 25 8PQ9 500-0BA01 100 unitsM10 × 35 8PQ9 500-0BA02 100 units

Note


Fasteners for electrical connectionsHexagon-head screws ISO 4017



Hexagon-head screws ISO 4014

External diameter × length in mm


Hexagonal nuts ISO 4032

External diameter

M8 8PQ9 500-0BA07 50 unitsM10 8PQ9 500-0BA05 50 unitsM12 8PQ9 500-0BA04 50 units

Clamping washer DIN 6796

External diameter


Washer DIN 125

External diameter

8.4 8PQ9 500-0BA70 50 units10,5 8PQ9 500-0BA67 50 units13 8PQ9 500-1BA33 50 units

Lock washer BN208012

External diameter


Note



© Siemens AG 2012

10

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011



Column ID plate

I201_18224

SIVACON SIEMENS cubicle ID plate 8PQ9 400-0BA06 1 unit

Door and special covers

I201_07043

1/4 turn screw for cover, 2 parts, up to 09/11 8PQ9 400-0BA17 20 units

I201_07345

1/4 turn screw for cover, 3 parts, up to 09/11 8PQ9 400-0BA54 20 units

I201_07277

Hinge kit for cover, 3 parts, with closing plug for hole 8GK9 120-0KK11 10 units

I201_07033

Rotary handle with flat cylinder

• identical key type

• hinge position: right and left

8PQ9 400-0BA07 1 unit

I201_07037

Rotary handle with two-way interlocking/latching mechanism 8PQ9 400-0BA08 1 unit

I201_07301

Rotary handle with semi-cylindrical profile 8PQ9 400-0BA41 1 unit


© Siemens AG 2012

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

10

I201_07038

Semi-cylindrical profile • acc. to DIN 18252/18254 • 8 × 45° adjustable• identical key type

8PQ9 400-0BA26 1 unit

I201_07291

Door lock with two-way interlocking mechanism 8PQ9 400-0BA40 1 unit

I201_07346

Door hinge for modular and cubicle doors 8PQ9 400-0BA55 2 units

I201_07292

Coupling bars for bar lock, with two-way interlocking mechanism/rotary handle with flat cylinder

8PQ9 400-0BA27 1 unit

I201_07293

Coupling bars for bar lock, with rotary handle for semi-cylindrical profile

8PQ9 400-0BA28 1 unit

I201_07289

Locking bars for bar lock, with two-way interlocking mechanism/rotary handle with flat cylinder

8PQ9 400-0BA37 1 unit

I201_07290

Locking bars for bar lock, with rotary handle for semi-cylindrical profile 8PQ9 400-0BA38 1 unit

I201_07288

Bar guide for bar locking systems 8PQ9 400-0BA36 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

10

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

I201_07287

ID strip for modular doors

Width in mm

400 8PQ5 000-3BA42 6 units

600 8PQ5 000-3BA43 6 units

800 8PQ5 000-3BA46 6 units

1000 8PQ5 000-3BA47 6 units

I201_07286

Inner door strut

Height in mm

400 8PQ2 040-0BA06 2 units

550 8PQ2 055-0BA05 2 units

600/625 8PQ2 060-0BA14 2 units

700/725 8PQ2 070-0BA02 2 units

800 8PQ2 080-0BA07 2 units

1975 8PQ2 197-0BA10 2 units

I201_07026

Cubicle key, 3 mm double bit 8PQ9 400-0BA12 10 units

Mechanical accessory parts

I201_07029

Crossbars for installation in cubicle width

Width in mm

350 8PQ3 000-0BA10 2 units

400 8PQ3 000-0BA12 2 units

600 8PQ3 000-0BA71 2 units

800 8PQ3 000-0BA72 2 units

850 8PQ3 000-2BA32 2 units

1000 8PQ3 000-0BA84 2 units

1200 8PQ3 000-0BA85 2 units

Crossbars for cubicle depth

Depth in mm

400 - Note: With side upright also for 600 mm, 800 mm depth. 8PQ3 000-0BA10 2 units

600 - Note: Cannot be combined with side upright. 8PQ3 000-1BA24 2 units

800 - Note: Cannot be combined with side upright. 8PQ3 000-1BA25 2 units

I201_07027

Universal mounting bracket 8PQ9 400-0BA01 10 units

I201_07030

Cable brackets, profile C30

Depth in mm

400, 600, 800 8PQ3 000-0BA38 5 units

Width

mm

350 8PQ3 000-0BA38 5 units

400 8PQ3 000-0BA41 5 units

600 8PQ3 000-0BA42 5 units

800 8PQ3 000-0BA43 5 units

850 8PQ3 000-2BA35 5 units

1000 8PQ3 000-0BA86 5 units

1200 8PQ3 000-0BA87 5 units



© Siemens AG 2012

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

10

I201_07031

Corner piece to fasten cable brackets 8PQ3 000-0BA73 10 units

Bracket for cubicle reinforcement 8PQ9 400-0BA35 2 units

I201_07028

Aluminium multi-profile rail • H profile=35 mm • Length=1600 mm

8PQ9 600-0BA01 1 unit

I201_07032

Lifting eyebolts 8PQ9 400-0BA11 4 units

Lifting brackets for cubicle width

Width in mm

350 8PQ3 000-2BA37 2 units

400 8PQ3 000-0BA88 2 units

600 8PQ3 000-1BA00 2 units

800 8PQ3 000-1BA01 2 units

850 8PQ3 000-2BA38 2 units

1000 8PQ3 000-1BA02 2 units

1200 8PQ3 000-1BA03 2 units

I201_07294

Mounting bracket for fastening the cable duct to the rear cubicle upright 8PQ9 400-0BA51 5 units

I201_07295

Clamp for fastening the cable duct to a horizontal partition 8PQ9 400-0BA52 20 units

I201_07296

Plastic rivet for fastening a cable duct to a clamp 8PQ9 400-0BA53 20 units



© Siemens AG 2012

10

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Flange plates for cubicle type Economic

I201_07268

Flange, ventilated IP40 8PQ2 300-0BA01 1 unit

I201_07269

Flange, unventilated IP55 8PQ2 300-0BA02 1 unit

I201_07270

Flange IP55 for 8HP18 cable entries 8 × ∅ 38 mm

8PQ2 300-0BA03 1 unit

I201_07271

Flange IP55 for 8PQ9 400-0BA33 cable entries 3 × ∅ 45 mm

8PQ2 300-0BA04 1 unit

I201_07272

Flange IP55 for 8HC6 900 cable entries 2 × ∅ 75 mm

8PQ2 300-0BA05 1 unit

Cable entries for flange platesCable entry × ∅ 38 mm

Number of × Cross-section

I201_01261

4 × ∅ 4 ... 12 mm 8HP1 808 1 unit

I201_01260

3 × ∅ 4 ... 12.5 mm 8HP1 807 1 unit

I201_01259

2 × ∅ 6 ... 15 mm 8HP1 806 1 unit

I201_01258

1 × ∅ 12 ... 29 mm 8HP1 805 1 unit

I201_06147

Cable entry ∅ 45 mm for cables 1 × ∅ 14 ... 38 mm


I201_06148

Cable entry ∅ 75 mm for cables 1 × ∅ 14 ... 65 mm

8HC6 900 1 unit



© Siemens AG 2012

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

10

Electrical accessories

I201_07039

Cubicle lamp • Fluorescent tube 11 W• SCHUKO® socket• On/Off switch• Magnetic clamp

8MF4 900 1 unit

I201_07040

SCHUKO® socket• max. 250 V • with 6.3 A fuse • for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail

8MF9 300 1 unit

Socket • max. 250 V• without 16 A fuse • for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail

8MF9 305 1 unit

I201_07041

Limit switch for single door, 1NO, 1NC 3SE5 232-0HD03 1 unit

I201_07042

Modular door earthing strip, 6 mm² 8PQ9 400-0BA15 10 units

I201_07044

Cable entry for separation 8PQ9 400-0BA16 20 units



© Siemens AG 2012

10

Accessories

Miscellaneous parts

10/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

ToolsBits for screwdriver Torx 1/4”, M6


M6 × 50 8PQ9 400-0BA05 5 units

M6 × 200 8PQ9 400-0BA10 2 units

I201_07045

Cordless screwdriver with case and charger 8PQ9 400-0BA22 1 unit

Other partsSolid frame for modular devices for 12 MW 8GK9 910-0KK00 10 units

Depth adapters for modular devices from 70 mm to 55 mm deep 8GF9 670-1 1 unit

Terminal cover for modular devices 5ST3 800 10 units

Instrument plugs

Instrument cut-out in mm:

72 × 72 8GF7 770-4 1 unit

96 × 96 8GF7 770-5 1 unit

Plastic diagram pocket DIN A4 8GD9 132 1 unit

ID stickers, L1, L2, L3, N, PE 8GK9920-0KK27 1 set



© Siemens AG 2012

Accessories

Notes

10/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

10


© Siemens AG 2012

11

11


11/2 Cubicle and floor anchoring

11/4 Base and enclosure

11/5 Enclosure

11/7 Busbar systems

11/12 Terminals and busbar arrangement

11/13 Mounting plates

11/15 Covers, modular doors

11/16 SIVACON 8PS duct connections

11/20 3VL moulded case circuit breakerswith motorised operating mechanism

11/21 Assembly kits for 8GK system

Mechanical Dimensions


© Siemens AG 2012


Cubicle and floor anchoring

11/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Cubicle

Floor anchoring of cubicle without base

w

Width

d

Depth

h

Height

mm mm mm

350 400 2000

400 600

600 800

800

850

1000

1200

d L2 w L1 d L1 w L1

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

400 350 350 200 400 350 350 260

600 550 400 250 600 550 400 310

800 750 600 450 800 750 600 510

800 650 800 710

850 700 850 760

1000 850 1000 910

1200 1050 1200 1110


© Siemens AG 2012

11


Cubicle and floor anchoring

11/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Corner cubicle


© Siemens AG 2012


Base and enclosure

11/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Base

Door, rear panel and side panel, with and without design strip

Top plate upgraded to IPX1

d L2 w L1

mm mm mm mm

400 350 400 250600 550 600 450800 750 800 650

1000 8501200 1050

d

25

2545 w

9

I201_18241

side panelwithdesign strip

side panelwithout

design strip

door

rear panel

I201_18243

Z

12

50

w

Front view

I201_18244

55 55

d

Side view


© Siemens AG 2012


Enclosure

11/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Top plate with cable entry

Width Depth (d) L L1

Min. opening

L2

Max. opening

Position

Cable entry

mm mm mm mm mm

400 400 265 38 125

600 465 38 125

800 2 × 265 2 × 38 2 × 125

600 400 465 38 125

600 465 38 165

800 2 × 465 2 × 38 2 × 165

800 400 665 38 125

600 665 38 165

800 2 × 665 2 × 38 2 × 165

w

d

w

d

w

d


© Siemens AG 2012


Enclosure

11/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Bottom plate with cable entry

Width Depth L L1

Min. opening

L2

Max. opening

Position

Cable entry

mm mm mm mm mm

400 400 265 38 125

600 465 38 125

600 400 465 38 125

600 465 38 165

800

split 600+200

400 2 × 665 38 125

600 2 × 665 38 165

800 non-split 400 2 × 665 38 125

600 2 × 665 38 165

w

d

w

d

w

d

w

d


© Siemens AG 2012


Busbar systems

11/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Main busbar system with horizontal bar arrangement in standard position

Main busbar system in variable position


© Siemens AG 2012


Busbar systems

11/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Main busbar system with vertical bar arrangement

Front view of cubicle with 3 busbar positions

1745

1665

1505

880

255

I201_18370

0

335

415

495

N

L1

L2

L3

N

L1

L2

L3

960

1040

1120

1585

B

B

Section width

Section width - 110 mm *

*) With main busbar cover, section width minus 120 mm


© Siemens AG 2012

11


Busbar systems

11/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Side view of cubicle with 3 busbar positions

A

A

488,5

125,

0

288,5

1562,5

937,5

312,5

0I201_18371

Section depth 600 mmSection depth 400 mmC

onne

ctio

n le

vel

Mai

n bu

sbar

Con

nect

ion

leve

lM

ain

busb

ar


© Siemens AG 2012


Busbar systems

11/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

PE bar (see SIVACON S4 manual)

Vertical distribution busbar system, cascaded


© Siemens AG 2012

11


Busbar systems

11/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Vertical distribution busbar system, non-cascaded


© Siemens AG 2012


Terminals and busbar arrangement

11/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Terminal

Busbar arrangement

i201_18292

85,0

5,0

25,0

30,0 40

,0

10,0 10,0

up to 250 A up to 400 A up to 630 A


© Siemens AG 2012


Mounting plates

11/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Modular mounting plate, with and without holes

Position A B C D E F G H I K L

L in mm 86 106 126 145 175 204 210 229 249 264 284

w in mm 400 600 800

L in mm 153 253 353

w in mm 400 600 800

L in mm 153 253 353


© Siemens AG 2012


Mounting plates

11/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Mounting plates

w L

mm mm

400 320

600 520

800 720

1200 1120


© Siemens AG 2012


Covers, modular doors

11/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Covers

Modular doors

i201_1828685

,0

Cover

selection door or modular door

Position A B C D E F G H I K L

L in mm 170 190 210 229 259 288 294 313 333 330 368


© Siemens AG 2012


SIVACON 8PS duct connections

11/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

SIVACON 8PS with connections to top

SIVACON 8PS with connections to bottom

B B-BB

2000

,0 550

500,

0

min

. 600

w d22

5,0

500,

0

w

PEN

w/2

w

0217

9

I201_18284

h

d

h

Front

A

A-A

A

2000

,0

550

min

. 700

503,

0

d

225,

0

w

PE N

w/2

w

I201_18285

h

d

h

Front


© Siemens AG 2012



11/17Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Cut-outs in top plate for combination of LD with 3WL circuit breaker, size I, 3/4 poles and 3WL size II, 3 poles

Cut-outs in top plate for combination of LX with 3WL circuit breaker, size I, 3/4 poles and 3WL size II, 3 poles

202,

0

100,

0

250,

0

ø7,0

98,0

50,0

I201_18279

ww

219,0196,0

d

d

650,

0

dd

mbb at the top - in front

FRONT FRONT

180,

0

155,

0

90,0

116,0

250,

0

ø7,0 (4x)

232,0

228,0

I201_18280

w

d

d

650,

0dd


FRONT FRONT


© Siemens AG 2012



11/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Cut-outs in top plate for combination of LD with 3WL circuit breaker, size II, 3/4 poles

Cut-outs in top plate for combination of LX05.., LX06.., LX07.. with 3WL circuit breaker, size II, 3/4 poles

260,

015

7,0

220

ø7,0 (4x)

I201_18281

ww

219,0196,0

d

d

621,

5

dd


FRONT FRONT

180,

0

155,

0

250

ø7,0 (4x)

w

I201_18282

d

d

650d

d


FRONT FRONT

312,0 for LX07 ...)

232,0 (for LXC05...,LX06 ...)


© Siemens AG 2012

11



11/19Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Cut-outs in top plate for combination of LX08.. with 3WL circuit breaker, size II, 3/4 poles

180,

015

5,0

250

ø7,0 (4x)

460,0

w

464,0

I201_18283

d

d65

0dd


FRONT FRONT


© Siemens AG 2012


3VL moulded case circuit breakerswith motorised operating mechanism

11/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

■ Overview

Dimensions for equipment combinations

made up of circuit breaker, plug-in base or draw-out frame and motorised operating mechanism.

Equipment mounting plate installed in the deepest mounting po-sition. For rear terminal bars, the use of rear vertical partitions is limited.

1) Note: In sectioning position, the dimensions increase from 27 to 32 mm. Take into account the additional space needed when using padlocks.

Type Dimensions when set to ON1)

A, above the cover

B, above the cubicle

C, above the cubicle door

mm mm mm

VL 160-250 50 -12 -37

VL 400 72 10 -14

VL 630 111 48 23

VL 800 105 43 18

VL 1250/1600 126 62 37


© Siemens AG 2012

11


Assembly kits for 8GK system

11/21Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Cubicle depth 400 mm, mounting depths from front


© Siemens AG 2012


Assembly kits for 8GK system

11/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

11

Cubicle depth 600 mm, mounting depths from front


© Siemens AG 2012

12

12


12/2 SIMARIS CFB

12/3 Configuration procedure

12/4 Check list for SIVACON S4

12/6 Correction factors

12/8 Internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards

12/11 Example

Planning and Configuration


© Siemens AG 2012


SIMARIS CFB

12/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

Easy planning and configuring with SIMARIS CFBSIMARIS CFB facilitates offer processing and project execution thanks to the following functions:

i201_00072

• Management of project and customer data:

i201_00073

• Configuration of SIVACON S4 low-voltage distribution board with integrated selection of specific equipment and devices as a function of geographic location:

i201_00007

Price determination/calculation:

i201_00074

• Output functions: list of components, images, SingleLine, bid documents:

i201_00075

It is always possible to integrate new products, such as ALPHA small distribution boards, at any time.

Advantages of SIMARIS CFB:• Easy to manage Windows interface• Integrated product database, updated by download• Rule-based configuration with choice of characteristics not

depending on product• A detailed knowledge of products and systems is not required• Possibility to make changes with ease at both offer and con-

struction stage• Many output functions• Order placement through the Mall• Reduced workload


© Siemens AG 2012


Configuration procedure

12/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

The planning and configuration of low-voltage power distribution boards is an important, cost-determining factor within the scope of power distribution board construction. The following notes are based on a network calculated with a special procedure.

This chapter is designed to support the manufacturer of power distribution boards with the planning and configuration of low-voltage power distribution boards. Additionally, the manufac-turer has to comply with international standards and regional provisions. The terms used are explained in the Appendix.

Configuration

Procedure:

1. Reading of specification and determination of characteristics (check list)• Network system, voltage level• Transformer power, input currents, short-circuit strength• Ambient temperature, degree of protection• Mounting type (single-front / back-to-back / free-standing /

wall)• Arrangement of power distribution board / installation surface

(operating and maintenance aisles, escape direction)• Type of connection (cable or busbar)• Access to cable, busbar connection (front, rear)• Cable/busbar entry (top, bottom)• Ambient conditions (condensation, chemical emissions)• Device installation techniques

(fixed, plug-in, draw-out design)• Safety requirements

(internal separation, resistance to internal arcs)• Date of delivery (tender/order)• Reserve

2. Configuration of power distribution board (conversion of characteristics into power distribution board technology)• Determination of the busbar system• Arrangement of incoming feeders and couplings• Determination of feeders• Feeder-section allocation

3. Optimisation of power distribution boards• Optimised space utilisation concerning:

- Device selection- Feeder arrangement

• Cost optimisation concerning:- Device selection- Busbar version (reduced cross-section with centre infeed)

4. Testing of power distribution board configuration• Determination of the power loss per section• Determination of the section's internal temperature• Verification that the section’s internal temperature ≤ max. am-

bient temperature of the applied devices• Determination of the reduction factors in accordance with the

calculated ambient temperature of the applied devices• Verification that max.

operating current ≤ rated current × reduction factor• If one of the conditions to be verified is not complied with, the

power distribution board configuration has to be modified concerning- device selection- feeder arrangement, and the tests must be repeated.


© Siemens AG 2012


Check list for SIVACON S4

12/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

Planner:

Project name:

Customer:

Date of delivery:

Installation site/height: m (above MSL)

Relative air humidity: %Ambient temperature: °C

Condensation risk? Yes No

Harmful substances:

Mounting type: Single-front Back-to-back Wall Free-standing

Degree of protection to interior: IP Internal separation: Form

Degree of protection to cable floor: IP

Requirements regarding resistance to internal arcs: Yes No Which:

Maximum distribution board dimensions: W x H x D mm Room height: mm

Maximum transport dimensions: W x H x D mm

Network type: TN-S TN-C TN-C-S TT IT

Cross-section PEN/N: Reduced % Full 100% IEC

Cross-section PE: Acc. to type test 25% of external conductor cross-section

I201_18298

Rated current of infeed: A

Transformer power: kVA

Rated operating voltage: kVA

Rated short-time withstand current CW (1 sec.) kA

Frequency: Hz


© Siemens AG 2012

12


Check list for SIVACON S4

12/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Feeder reserve: %

Empty space reserve: %

Miscellaneous:

Remarks: FusedFuselessFixed

Switch disconnectors (LBS):

Draw-out Plug-in designFixedMoulded case circuit breakers (MCCB) ≤ 630A:

Draw-outFixedMoulded case circuit breakers (MCCB) ≥ 630A:

Draw-outFixedAir circuit breakers (ACB):

Installation technique for switching devices:

BottomTopCable/busbar entry:

From the rearFrom the frontAccess to cable/busbar connection:

CableBusbarConnection:

Starters

Remarks:

FusedFuselessFixedSwitch disconnectors (LBS):

Draw-out Plug-in designFixedMoulded case circuit breakers (MCCB) ≤ 630A:

Draw-outFixedMoulded case circuit breakers (MCCB) ≥ 630A:

Draw-outFixedAir circuit breakers (ACB):

Installation technique for switching devices:

BottomTopCable/busbar entry:

From the rearFrom the frontAccess to cable/busbar connection:

CableBusbarConnection:

Infeed

I201

_182

99


© Siemens AG 2012


Correction factors

12/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

Rated currents and initial short-circuit AC currents of three-phase distribution transformers with 50 to 3150 kVA

1) ukr = 4 %, standardised in accordance with DIN 42503for Srt = 50 ... 630 kVA

2) ukr = 6 %, standardised in accordance with DIN 42511 for Srt = 100 ... 1600 kVA

3) Ik Unaffected initial short-circuit AC current of the transformer upon con-nection to a network with unlimited short-circuit power considering the volt-age factor and the correction factor of the transformer impedance in accordance with DIN EN 60909 I DIN VDE 0102 (July 2002)

Correction factors for installation heights over 2000 m above MSL

The low air density at altitudes over 2000 m affects the electrical characteristics of the power distribution board.

The rated currents are subject to the following correction factors for installation heights above 2000 m over MSL.

Reduced switching capacity for installation heights over 2000 m above MSL

If the boards are erected at altitudes over 2000 m, the devices' reduced switching capacity must be taken into account. For the correction factors, refer to the technical documents of the de-vices.

Rated voltage UcT 400/230, 50 Hz 525 V, 50 Hz 690/400 V, 50 Hz

Rated value of the short-circuit voltageUkt

Rated current Ir

Initial short-circuit AC current Ik

3) Rated current Ir


3) Rated current Ir


3)

Rated power 4 % 1) 6 % 2) 4 % 1) 6 % 2) 4 % 1) 6 % 2)

kVA A A A A A A A A A

50 72 1933 1306 55 1473 995 42 1116 754

100 144 3871 2612 110 2950 1990 84 2235 1508

160 230 6209 4192 176 4731 3194 133 3585 2420

200 288 7749 5239 220 5904 3992 167 4474 3025

250 360 9716 6552 275 7402 4992 209 5609 3783

315 455 12247 8259 346 9331 6292 262 7071 4768

400 578 15506 10492 440 11814 7994 335 8953 6058

500 722 19438 13078 550 14810 9964 418 11223 7581

630 910 24503 16193 693 18669 12338 525 14147 9349

800 1154 -- 20992 880 -- 15994 670 -- 12120

1000 1444 -- 26224 1100 -- 19980 836 -- 15140

1250 1805 -- 32791 1375 -- 24984 1046 -- 18932

1600 2310 -- 41857 1760 -- 31891 1330 -- 24265

2000 2887 -- 52511 2200 -- 40008 1674 -- 30317

2500 3608 -- 65547 2749 -- 49941 2090 -- 37844

3150 4550 -- 82656 3470 -- 62976 2640 -- 47722

Correction factors for installation heights over 2000 m above MSL

In= In <= 2000 m × k1

Altitude of installation site up to

m

K1 for the load

2200 0.88

2400 0.87

2500 0.86

2700 0.85

2900 0.84

3000 0.83

3300 0.83

3500 0.81

4000 0.78

4500 0.76

5000 0.74


© Siemens AG 2012


Correction factors

12/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

Correction factors for busbar systems at ambient temperatures of <> 35 °C

The rated currents for main busbar and distribution busbar sys-tems indicated in the catalogue refer to the ambient tempera-tures for indoor installation described in IEC/EN 61439-1.

Consequently, the ambient temperature for low-voltage power distribution boards does not exceed +40 °C and the average value of a period of 24 h is not higher than +35 °C. For ambient temperatures, whose average value deviates from this ambient temperature, the following correction factors must be observed.

In= In <= 2000 m × k1

Correction factors for devices

At ambient temperatures of >40 °C, the rated operating current has to be derated for devices. The ambient temperature of the devices complies with the internal temperature of the low-volt-age power distribution boards at the installation site. For the cor-rection factors, refer to the technical documents of the devices.

0,8

0,85

0,9

0,95

1

1,05

1,1

1,15

15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

K2

Main busbars

Ambient temperature [°C]

Vertical distribution busbars

1

1

2

2

I201_18294


© Siemens AG 2012


Internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards

12/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

Determination of the internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards

With a calculation in accordance with IEC 60890, the internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards can be ap-proximately specified on the basis of the total power loss and the system structure.

1. Power loss of busbar systems per section

For the determination of the power loss of main busbars and dis-tribution busbar systems, the operating current I [A] on the re-spective length [m] has to be specified.

The power loss assigned to the respective busbar configuration is illustrated in the following diagram.

PV main busbar system= PV [W/m] × Length [m]

PV distribution busbar system= PV [W/m] × Length [m]

PV busbar system/section = PV main busbar system + PV distribution busbar system

2. Power loss of devices per section

For the power loss, refer to the technical documents of the de-vices. In this context, the actual utilisation (operating current, temporal simultaneousness, rated load factor) has to be ob-served.

For terminal bars, cables and lines as well as for small devices, a percentage increase of 10% has to be considered.

Ir = operating current

In= rated current

P Vn device= power loss device at rated current

PV device= PV device × (Ir / In)2

PV device / section= total (PV device) × 1.1

I201_18295

1

2

3

3

6

5

7

8

Main busbar systems

[A]40003500300025002000150010005000

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Pv

[W/m

]P

v [W

/m]

[A]25002000150010005000

1000

800

600

400

200

0

4 x (30 x 10) mm2

4 x (20 x 10) mm2

2 x (30 x 10) mm2

2 x (20 x 10) mm21

2

3

3

2 x 4 x (30 x 10) mm2

2 x 4 x (20 x 10) mm2

4 x (50 x 10) mm2

4 x (40 x 10) mm25

6

7

8

911

10

12

1400120010008006004002000

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

[A]

Pv

[W/m

]2x(40x10) mm2

2x(30x10) mm2

Profiled busbar 40x30 mm

Profiled busbar 30x30 mm


9

10

11

12

I201_18296


© Siemens AG 2012

12


Internal temperature oflow-voltage power distribution boards

12/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

3. Installed power loss per section

The installed power loss per section is the sum of the power loss of busbar systems and devices.

PV section= PV busbar system / section + PV device/section

4. Determination of the section’s internal temperature

The diagram below illustrates the correlation between the in-stalled power loss and the temperature difference, based on the calculation procedure of IEC 60890 as well as the specific data of SIVACON S4. The diagram refers to a section in degree of pro-tection IP55 which is installed side-by-side with a free roof and rear panel. In case of deviating conditions, the correction factors of the following table have to be considered. Alternatively the permissible power loss as a function of section dimensions and overtemperatures can be taken from the tables on the next page. The corresponding correction factors must also be ap-plied in these cases.

The determined temperature difference refers to the average height in the section. The temperature linearly increases from the average section height to the complete section height with suffi-cient accuracy and has to be specified for SIVACON S4 with a correction factor of 1.4.

Internal temperature in average section height [°C] = Ambient temperature of power distribution board [°C] + temperature difference ΔT [K]

Internal temperature in complete section height [°C] = Ambient temperature of power distribution board [°C] + temperature difference ΔT [K] × 1.4

Correction factors

Ventilated section, degree of protection ≤ IP4X k3 1.65

Section with free side panel k4 1.09

Roof not free k5 0.95

Rear panel not free k6 0.92

PV = PV section

k3 × k4 × k5 × k6

dT [K

]

Pv [W]

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0

40,0

0 100 200 300 400 500

1

2 34

56 7

8

2000 x 600 x 600

2000 x 600 x 400

2000 x 400 x 800

2000 x 400 x 600Height x Width x Depth [mm] of the section

1

2

3

4 2000 x 800 x 800

2000 x 800 x 600

2000 x 800 x 400

2000 x 600 x 8005

6

7

8

I201_18297


© Siemens AG 2012


Internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards

12/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

The table values for permissible power losses refer to an aver-age height in the section for sections in the middle of a board, with a free roof plate and a free rear panel. In the case of deviat-ing conditions of installation, the following correction factors must be applied. The temperature linearly increases from the av-erage section height to the complete section height with suffi-cient accuracy and has to be specified for SIVACON S4 with a correction factor of 1.4.

Internal temperature in average section height [°C] = Ambient temperature of power distribution board [°C] + temperature difference ΔT [K]

Internal temperature in complete section height [°C] = Ambient temperature of power distribution board [°C] + temperature difference ΔT [K] × 1.4

PV section = PV × k4 × k5 × k6

Correction factors

Section with free side panel k4 1.09

Roof not free k5 0.95

Rear panel not free k6 0.92

Permissible power losses in W for empty sections at overtemperature in half the section height

Depth Width Roof plate free, rear panel free

Section unventilated in middle position Section ventilated in middle position

mm mm 10K 15K 20K 25K 30K 35K 10K 15K 20K 25K 30K 35K

400 350 75 124 177 234 293 355 124 205 292 386 483 586

400 85 141 202 266 334 405 140 233 333 439 551 668

600 122 202 289 381 478 580 201 333 477 629 789 957

800 150 250 357 470 590 716 248 413 589 776 974 1181

850 155 257 367 485 608 736 256 424 606 800 1003 1214

1000 170 283 403 531 667 808 281 467 665 876 1101 1333

1200 190 315 450 595 745 903 314 520 743 982 1229 1490

600 350 99 163 233 308 386 468 163 269 384 508 637 772

400 111 183 262 346 434 525 183 302 432 571 716 866

600 143 236 338 446 559 677 236 389 558 736 922 1117

800 165 273 390 515 647 783 272 450 644 850 1068 1292

850 171 282 404 533 669 810 282 465 667 879 1104 1337

1000 188 311 445 587 736 892 310 513 734 969 1214 1472

1200 208 344 492 649 814 986 343 568 812 1071 1343 1627

800 350 120 199 285 376 472 572 198 328 470 620 779 944

400 129 214 306 404 507 614 213 353 505 667 837 1013

600 157 260 372 492 617 747 259 429 614 812 1018 1233

800 182 301 431 568 713 864 300 497 711 937 1176 1426

850 187 310 444 586 735 890 309 512 733 967 1213 1469

1000 202 334 478 631 792 959 333 551 789 1041 1307 1582

1200 227 377 539 711 892 1081 375 622 889 1173 1472 1784


© Siemens AG 2012


Example

12/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12

■ Overview

Example for a power distribution board configuration test

Power distribution board data

Front view

Determination of the power loss of the busbar systems per section

PV busbar system section 1=86.6 W

Determination of devices' power loss per section

PV device section 1=597.46 W × 1.1=657.21 W

PV device section 2=322.56 W × 1.1=354.82 W

Determination of the power loss per section

PV section 1=(PV busbar system section 1 + PV device section 1) × 1.1=743.81 W

PV section 2=(PV busbar system section 2 + PV device section 2) × 1.1=354.82 W

Determination of the internal temperature

Configuration testAccording to the technical documents of the devices, the limit temperatures are not exceeded.The devices are able to carry the specified rated currents.

Rated operating voltage Ue 400 V / 50 Hz

Rated short-time current Icw 35 kA

Rated load factor 0.8


Ambient temperature 35 °C

Section height 2000 mm

Base height 100 mm

Section depth 600 mm

Cable connection infeed from the top

Cable connection outputs rear bottom(rear panel free)

Rated current

In × 0.8 A

Length

m

PV busbar system

W/m

PV busbar system

W

Section 1

200 0.45 8 3.6

520 0.2 50 10

904 0.3 160 48

704 0.25 100 25

1424A

01.D1

02.K1

I201_18293

02.F1

02.D1

2 x

(40

x 10

)mm

200A

;0,

45m

520A

;0,

2m90

4A;

0,3m

704A

;0,

25m

01.J1

01.K1

2200

2000

1800

1600

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0M

L

K

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

3WL, 1600A,3-pole

3VL, 250A,3-pole

3VL, 250A,3-pole 3VL, 630A,

3-pole

3VL, 400A,3-pole

3VL, 250A,3-pole

Section 1H2000xW800xD600

Section 2H2000xW600xD600

Rated current In

A

Rated current

In × 0.8 A

PV device

W

PV device max

W

Loca-tion

Sec-tion 1

Infeed 1424 -- 495.06 825 01.D1

Output 250 200 51.20 80 01.J1

01.K1

Sec-tion 2

Output 250 200 51.20 80 02.D1

400 320 108.80 170 02.F1

630 504 162.56 254 02.K2

Factors section 1 k3 1.65

k4 1.09

k5 0.85

k6 1

Factors section 2 k3 1.65

k4 1.09

k5 1

k6 1

PV section 1 486.56 W

PV section 2 197.29 W

Internal temperature in accordance with diagram page 12/9

Temperature difference in half section height section 1 22 K

Temperature difference in half section height section 2 12 K

Internal temperature in half section height section 1 57 °C

Internal temperature in half section height section 2 47 °C

Internal temperature in section height for section 1 66 °C

Internal temperature in section height for section 2 52 °C


© Siemens AG 2012


Notes

12/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

12


© Siemens AG 2012

13

13


13/2 Glossary

13/7 Catalogue notes

13/8 Order information

13/10 Further documentation

13/11 Standards and approvals

13/16 Siemens contacts

13/17 Online services

13/18 Service & Support

13/19 Comprehensive support from A to Z

13/20 Software licenses

13/21 Subject index

13/24 Order number index including export markings

13/29 Conditions of sale and delivery

Appendix


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Glossary

13/2 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Overview

The terms defined below are used in the present catalogue in accordance with IEC 61439-1 and EN 61439-1.

Compartment

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.2.9

Section or section panel which is encased with the exception of openings required for connection, control or ventilation.

Cubicle

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.4.1

Component of a switchgear and controlgear assembly which serves the accommodation of various components of a switch-gear and controlgear assembly or of an enclosure.

Functional unit

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.1.8

Part of a switchgear and controlgear assembly with all electrical and mechanical components which contribute to the execution of the same function.

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.1.1

Assembly of one or more switching devices combined with cor-responding operating equipment for control, measuring and sig-nalling tasks and with protective and control devices, etc. The in-dividual devices are completely assembled by the manufacturer, including all internal electrical and mechanical connections and construction components.

Rated conditional short-circuit current (Icc)

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.8.9.4

The rated conditional short-circuit current corresponds to the un-influenced short-circuit current which a circuit of the switchgear and controlgear assembly, that is protected by short-circuit pro-tective devices, may carry without damage (for a limited time). The rated conditional short-circuit current is therefore stated for outgoing and/or incoming feeders, e.g. with circuit breakers.

Rated continuous current (Iu)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.4

Current which can be carried by switching devices in continuous operation (for weeks, months or years).

Rated control voltage (Uc)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.5.1

Voltage applied to the actuating NO contact of a control circuit. It may deviate from the rated control supply voltage if transform-ers or resistors are connected to the control circuit.

Rated current (In) (of circuit breakers)

IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.2.3

Current which, for circuit breakers, corresponds to the rated continuous current and the conventional thermal current.

See also "Rated continuous current"

Rated diversity factor (RDF)

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.8.10

The rated diversity factor of a switchgear and controlgear as-sembly or of a component of a switchgear and controlgear as-sembly (e.g. section, section panel) which comprises several main circuits is the ratio of the largest sum of all currents which are to be expected in the respective main circuits at any given time to the sum of the rated currents of all main circuits of the switchgear and controlgear assembly or of the affected part of the switchgear and controlgear assembly. If the manufacturer states a rated diversity factor, this value must be taken as a basis for the temperature-rise test.

Rated frequency

IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.3

Frequency for which switching devices are dimensioned and to which the other characteristic data refer.

See also "Rated operating voltage"; "rated continuous current"

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3

Parameter for the resistance of clearances inside switching de-vices to impulse overvoltages. The application of suitable switching devices prevents disconnected system parts from transmitting overvoltages from the network in which they are ap-plied.

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.2

Voltage to which the insulation tests and creepage distances re-fer. The maximum rated operating voltage must, in no case, ex-ceed the rated insulation voltage.

See also "Rated operating voltage"

Rated making capacity

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.5.2

Current which can be switched on by switching devices with the respective rated operating voltage in accordance with the utili-sation category.


Rated operating capacity

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3

Capacity which can be switched by switching devices with the assigned rated operating voltage in accordance with the utilisa-tion category, e.g. power contactor of utilisation category AC-3: 37 kW at 400 V.

Rated operating current (Ie)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3

Current which can be carried by switching devices in consider-ation of the rated operating voltage, the operating time, the utili-sation category and the ambient temperature.


Rated operating voltage (Ue)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1

Voltage to which the characteristic values of switching devices are referred. The maximum rated operating voltage must, in no case, exceed the rated insulation voltage.

See also "Rated insulation voltage"


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Glossary

13/3Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk)

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.8.9.2

As peak value of the peak current, the rated peak withstand cur-rent characterises the dynamic strength of switchgear and con-trolgear assembly circuits. The rated peak withstand current is stated for the distribution and/or main busbars of switchgear and controlgear assemblies.

Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics)

IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.2

The short-circuit current depending on the rated operating volt-age which can be repeatedly interrupted by a circuit breaker (test O – CO – CO). After the short-circuit breaking, the circuit breaker is able to continue to carry the rated current in the case of increased self-heating and to trip in case of overload.

See also "Rated continuous current"


Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (Icn)

IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.3

Maximum current which can be switched off by switching de-vices with the rated operating voltage and frequency without causing damage. The value is stated as effective value.


Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm

IEC / EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.2

Maximum current which can be switched on by switching de-vices with a certain rated operating voltage and frequency with-out causing damage. Deviating from the other characteristic data, the value is stated as peak value.


Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.8.9.3

As the effective short-circuit current value, the rated short-time withstand current characterises the thermal strength of switch-gear and controlgear assembly circuits during a short-time load. The rated short-time withstand current is normally determined for the duration of 1 sec; deviating time values must be indi-cated. The rated short-time withstand current is stated for the distribution and/or main busbars of switchgear and controlgear assemblies.

Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu)

IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.1

Maximum short-circuit current which can be interrupted by a cir-cuit breaker (test O – CO). After a short-circuit switch-off, the cir-cuit breaker is able to trip with increased tolerances in the case of overload.

Rated values

In accordance with IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.8.3, the manufacturers of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies state rated values. These rated values apply to the specified operating con-ditions and characterise the usability of switchgear and con-trolgear assemblies. The coordination of the operating equip-ment or the configuration of the switchgear and controlgear assemblies must be based on these rated values.

Section

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.2.7

Component of a switchgear and controlgear assembly posi-tioned between two successive vertical limiting levels.

Section panel

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.2.8

Component of a switchgear and controlgear assembly posi-tioned between two superimposed horizontal limiting levels in-side a section.

Transport unit

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.2.10

Part of a switchgear and controlgear assembly or complete switchgear and controlgear assembly which is not disassem-bled for transportation.

Type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly

IEC/EN 61439-1; 3.9.1

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly which com-plies with the original type or system of the switchgear and con-trolgear assembly type-tested in accordance with this standard without significant deviations.


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Glossary

13/4 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

Ambient conditions / Degrees of protection

The climate and external ambient conditions (natural impurities, toxic chemically active substances, small animals) may have se-vere repercussions on the functionality of electrical systems. The effect depends on the climatic protection of the room in which the system is installed.

In the presence of high concentrations of toxic substances it is advisable to adopt appropriate measures to reduce them, for example:

• Intake of air from an area with a lower pollution level• Exposing the area to a mild overpressure (e.g. introducing non

polluted air into the system) • Climate control of the room where the system is installed

(reducing the temperature, relative humidity of the air < 60%, possible installation of a purifying filter)

• Attenuation of overheating (overdimensioning of electrical equipment and components such as main busbars and distri-bution busbars)

1) According to standard IEC 60721-3-3 the minimum admissible air temperature is + 5° C

2) Higher values can be admitted on request (see dimensioning tables)

Ambient conditions Class Classification of ambient conditions with the relative limit values

(defined according to IEC 60721-3-3)

Measures

Climatic 3K4 Minimum temperature of the air – 5 °C 1) –-

Maximum temperature of the air + 40 °C + 35 °C (24h average) 2)

--

Minimum relative humidity of the air 5 % --

Maximum relative humidity of the air 95 % --

Minimum absolute humidity of the air 1 g/m_ --

Maximum absolute humidity of the air 29 g/m_ --

Temperature variation rate 0.5°C min. --

Minimum air pressure 70 kPA --

Maximum air pressure 106 kPA --

Solar radiation 700 W/m2 --

Thermal radiation -- --

Movement of the air 1.0 m/s --

Condensate formation Possible Provide heating, if frequent approx. 1 per day for 2 hours

Matter deposited by the wind No --

Water (other than rain) See other ambient climatic condi-tions

--

Ice accumulation No --

Other ambient climatic conditions

3Z1 Thermal radiation is negligible

3Z7 Water drops as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX1

3Z9 Water spray as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX4

3Z10 Water jets as defined in standard IEC 60068-2-18 IPX5

Biological 3B2 Flora Mould formation

Fauna Presence of rodents and other harmful animals, other than ter-mites

IP4X, including protection for technical floors

Chemically active substances

3C3 Marine salt Salt mist ≤ 2 mg/dm2

average value

Sulphurous anhydride SO2 5.0 mg/m3 (2 ppm)

Hydrogen sulphide H2S 3.0 mg/m3 (2 ppm)

Chlorine Cl2 0.3 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm)

Hydrogen chloride HCl 1.0 mg/m3 (0.7 ppm)

Hydrofluoric acid HF 0.1 mg/m3 (0.06 ppm)

Ammonia NH3 10.0 mg/m3 (14.3 ppm)

Ozone O3 0.1 mg/m3 (0.05 ppm)

Nitrogen oxide NOx 3.0 mg/m3 (1.66 ppm)

Mechanically active substances

3S1 Sand in the air -- < IP5X

Dust (matter in suspension) 0.01 mg/m3

Dust (matter deposited) 0.4 mg/(m2 × h)

3S3 Sand in the air 300 mg/m3 ≥ IP5X

Dust (matter in suspension) 0.4 mg/m3

Dust (matter deposited) 15 mg/(m2 × h)


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Glossary

13/5Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Network systems

Distribution systems (network types) in acc. with IEC 60364-3 (DIN VDE 0100-300)

Determination of the protective measures and selection of the electrical operating equipment according to the distribution sys-tem.• TN systems

- TN-S system The neutral conductor and protective conductor function are consistently separated in this system.

- TN-C system The neutral conductor and protective conductor function are composite throughout the entire system.

- TN-C-S system Combination of the neutral and the protective conductor function. In one part of the system they are composite in one conductor, while in another part they are separated.

• Other systems - TT system

In the TT system, one point is directly earthed; the elements of the electrical system are connected to earth electrodes which are separated from the signal earth. The TT system corresponds to the system in which today the protective measures protective earthing, RCCB and fault-voltage cir-cuit breaker are applied.

- IT system The IT system features no direct connection between active conductors and earthed parts; the elements of the electrical system are earthed. The IT system corresponds to the sys-tem in which today the protective conductor system protec-tive measure is applied.

• Explanations

$ Body % Impedance

- First letter = Earthing condition of the supplying current source T = Direct earthing of one point I = Either insulation of all active parts of the earth or connection of one point to the earth via impedance

- Second letter = Earthing condition of the elements of the electrical system T = Elements are directly earthed, irrespective of a possible earthing of one point of the current supply N = Elements are directly connected to the signal earth; in AC current networks, the earthed point is generally the star point

- Further letters = Arrangement of the neutral and the protective conductor S = Neutral and protective conductor function by means of separated conductors C = Neutral and protective conductor function combined in one conductor (PEN)

NSV0_01078

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

1

NSV0_01079

L1

L2

L3

PEN

1

NSV0_01080

L1

L2

L3

PEN

N

PE

1

NSV0_01081

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

1

NSV0_01082

L1

L2

L3

PE

1

2


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Glossary

13/6 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

Operating and maintenance aisles (in accordance with DIN VDE 0100 Part 729)

Reduced aisle widths in the area of open doors

700

600

700700700

2000

500

1

Minimum passage height beneath covers or enclosures.1

I201

_183

84

1

2

Free minimum passage 500 mmEscape direction

With opposing switchboard fronts, constriction by open doors (i.e. doors which do not close in the escape direction) is only accounted for on one sideDoor width dimensions must be complied with, i.e. a minimum door opening angle of 90° is required.

Minimum passage width 700 / 600 mm

1

2

I201

_183

85


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Catalogue notes

13/7Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Registered trademarks

All product designations may be registered trademarks or prod-uct names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark owners.

Amendments

Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice.

Dimensions

All dimensions are in mm.

Illustrations

Illustrations are not binding.

Technical specifications

The technical specifications in the catalogue are for general in-formation. The instruction manuals and the operating instruc-tions on the products must be observed during assembly, oper-ation and maintenance.

Further technical information is available atwww.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support• under Product List:

- Technical specifications• under Entry List:

- Updates- Downloads- FAQ- Manuals- Characteristic curves- Certificates

Configurators can be found underwww.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators

Assembly, operation and maintenance

The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the products must be observed during assembly, operation and maintenance.


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Order information

13/8 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Logistics

General

Our logistics service offers “quality from the order to the delivery” pertaining to delivery service, communication and environmen-tal protection. To maintain this high quality, we focus on the opti-misation of the logistical procedures on the basis of a custom-ised infrastructure and automatic DP order processing.

We attach major importance to personal support, deliveries in due time and area-wide transportation.

The DIN-ISO-9001 certification and a consistent quality man-agement are vital issues for us.

The automatic DP order processing is fast, cost-effective and fail-safe. If you would like to exploit these benefits, please do not hesitate to contact us.

Packaging, packing units

Our device and shipping packagings offer protection against dust and mechanical damage during transport, thus ensuring that the customer receives the devices in a flawless condition.

When selecting and designing our packagings, we set great value upon environmental compatibility, re-usability (e.g. crum-pled paper instead of styrofoam chips as transport protection in shipping packages up to 32 kg) and above all, upon waste pre-vention.

Unless otherwise stated in the selection and ordering data of this catalogue, our devices are supplied in separate individual pack-ages.

For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical pack-aging units as standard packs containing more than one item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole number multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure satisfactory quality of the products and problem-free order processing.

The device order numbers can be easily identified by means of the EAN bar code, which simplifies both order and warehouse logistics.

The low-voltage controls and distribution master data include the allocation of order numbers and EAN code for data processing.


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Order information

13/9Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Small orders

When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value. We recommend therefore that you combine several small orders. Where this is not possible, we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement of € 20.-- to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than € 250.--.

Orders for special designs

For ordering products that differ from the versions listed in the catalogue, the order number specified in the catalogue must be supplemented with "–Z" ; the required features must be speci-fied by means of the alphanumeric order codes or in plain text.

Explanations on the selection and ordering data

PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)The packaging size/packaging unit defines, e.g. in units, sets or metres, the smallest quantity which can be ordered.

Examples:

Examples

PS/P. unit Meaning

1 unit One delivery unit realises a function. All the parts required for installation form part of the delivery unit. The price refers to one delivery unit.

20 units One delivery unit = The order number includes 20 identical products. The price refers to one delivery unit.

1 set A set is made up of a defined collection of different parts.


Assembly kits for 3NP switch disconnectorsCopper connecting kit for 3NP1 disconnectors for connection to cables 8PQ6 000-5BA72 1 unit

Door and special covers1/4 turn screw for cover, 2 parts, up to 09/11 8PQ9 400-0BA17 20 units

8PQ6 000-5BA72

PS/P. unit: 1 = The price refers to one assembly kit with all nec-essary parts such as copper busbars, covers, sup-ports and fasteners. The scope of delivery is one assembly kit per ordered MLFB.

8PQ9 400-0BA17:

PS/P. unit: 20 = The price refers to 20 1/4-turn screws per MLFB. The scope of delivery is 20 1/4-turn screws per ordered MLFB.


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Further documentation

13/10 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Overview

We regard product support as just as important as the products and systems themselves.

Visit our site on the Internet for a comprehensive offering of sup-port for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products, such as• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download• Online registration for seminars and events• Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems• Software upgrades and updates for fast download• Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries• Photos and graphics for external use

and much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.

Address:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage

You will find regularly updated information material such as catalogues, customer magazines, brochures and trial versions of software for low-voltage power distribution and electrical in-stallation on the Internet at:


Here, you can order your copy of the available documentation or download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).

For your configuration systems we can provide technical and graphic data in electronic form for the range of low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products:

CAx online generator

For the further processing of low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products in CAE/CAD systems the online generator provides:• Technical product master data in CSV and Excel format• Graphic product data

- 2D dimensional drawings in DXF format (other formats optional)

- 3D models in STEP format- Internal circuit diagrams- EPLAN electric P 8 macros

• Documentation in the form of PDF files- Product data sheets- Manuals- Operating instructions- Characteristic curves- Certificates

• Product photos• Texts for tenders in GAEB and Text format.

www.siemens.com/cax


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Standards and approvals

13/11Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Overview

Approvals, test certificates, characteristic curves

An overview of the certificates available for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation products along with more technical documentation can be consulted daily on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support

Product support: Approvals / certificates Product support: Characteristic curves

Product standards (excerpt)

IEC DIN EN DIN VDE Title

60947-1 60947-1 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear: General rules60947-2 60947-2 -- • Circuit breakers60947-3 60947-3 -- • Load-break switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse-combination units

60947-4-1 60947-4-1 -- • Contactors and motor-starters: Electromechanical contactors and motor-starters60947-4-2 60947-4-2 -- • Contactors and motor-starters: AC semiconductor motor controllers and starters60947-4-3 60947-4-3 -- • AC semiconductor motor controllers and contactors for non-motor loads

60947-5-1 60947-5-1 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements - Electromechanical control circuit devices60947-5-2 60947-5-2 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements - Proximity switches60947-5-3 60947-5-3 -- • Requirements for proximity devices with defined behaviour under fault conditions60947-5-5 60947-5-5 -- • Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latching function60947-5-6 60947-5-6 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements - DC interface for proximity sensors and switching

amplifiers (NAMUR)60947-5-7 60947-5-7 -- • Requirements for proximity devices with analogue output60947-5-8 60947-5-8 -- • Three-position enabling switches60947-5-9 60947-5-9 -- • Flow rate switches

60947-6-1 60947-6-1 -- • Multiple function equipment - Transfer switching equipment60947-6-2 60947-6-2 -- • Multiple function equipment - Control and protective switching devices (or equipment) (CPS)

60947-7-1 60947-7-1 -- • Ancillary equipment: Terminal blocks for copper conductors60947-7-2 60947-7-2 -- • Ancillary equipment: Protective conductor terminal blocks for copper conductors60947-7-3 60947-7-3 -- • Ancillary equipment: Safety requirements for fuse terminal blocks

60947-8 60947-8 -- • Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines

62026-2 50295 -- • Actuator Sensor interface (AS-i)

60269-1 60269-1 -- Low-voltage fuses: General requirements60269-4 60269-4 -- Low-voltage fuses: Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the protection of semiconductor devices

60050-441 -- -- International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Switchgear, controlgear and fuses

60439-1 60439-1 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies60439-3 60439-3 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Particular requirements for low-voltage switchgear

and controlgear assemblies intended to be installed in places where unskilled persons have access for their use; Distribution boards

61439-1 61439-1 0660-600-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - General rules61439-2 61439-2 0660-600-2 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies-- 50274 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Protection against electric shock – Protection

against unintentional direct contact with hazardous live parts61140 61140 -- Protection from electric shock - Common aspects for installation and equipment

60664-1 60664-1 -- Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage systems -Principles, requirements and tests


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix


13/12 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

1) VDE classification.

IEC DIN EN DIN VDE Title

60204-1 60204-1 -- Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines: General requirements-- 50178 -- Electronic equipment for use in power installations60079-14 60079-14 -- Explosive atmospheres - Electrical installations design, selection and erection

Installing electrical apparatus in potentially explosive gas atmospheres (except mining)60079-2 60079-2 -- Explosive Atmospheres - Part 2: Equipment protection by pressurized enclosure "p"

61810-1 61810-1 -- Electromechanical elementary relays - Part 1: General requirements61812-1 61812-1 -- Time relays for industrial and residential use - Part 1: Requirements and tests60999-1 60999-1 -- Connecting devices - Electrical copper conductors; Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-

type clamping units - Part 1: General requirements and particular requirements for clamping units for conductors 0.2 mm2 up to 35 mm2

61558-1 61558-1 0570-11) Safety of power transformers, power supplies, reactors and similar products - - Part 1: General requirements and tests

61558-2-1 61558-2-1 0570-2-11) -Part 2-1: Particular requirements and tests for separating transformers and power supplies incorporating separating transformers for general applications

61558-2-2 61558-2-2 0570-2-21) -Part 2-2: Particular requirements and tests for control transformers and power supplies incorporating control transformers

61558-2-4 61558-2-4 0570-2-41) -Part 2-4: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers and power supply units incorporating isolating transformers

61558-2-6 61558-2-6 0570-2-61) -Part 2-6: Particular requirements and tests for safety isolating transformers and power supply units incorporating safety isolating transformers

61558-2-9 61558-2-9 0570-2-91) -Part 2-9: Particular requirements and tests for transformers and power supply units for class III handlamps for tungsten filament lamps

61558-2-12 61558-2-12 0570-2-121) -Part 2-12: Particular requirements and tests for constant voltage transformers and power supply units for constant voltage

61558-2-13 61558-2-13 0570-2-131) -Part 2-13: Particular requirements and tests for auto transformers and power supply units incorporating auto transformers

61558-2-15 61558-2-15 0570-2-151) -Part 2-15: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers for the supply of medical locations61558-2-20 61558-2-20 0570-2-201) -Part 2-20: Particular requirements for small reactors

62041 62041 0570-101) Safety of transformers, reactors, power supply units and combinations thereof - EMC requirements

60076-11 60076-11 -- Power transformers - Part 11: Dry-type transformers-- -- 0552 Specifications for variable-ratio transformers having current collectors which are moved transversely in the

direction of the windings

61000-4-1 61000-4-1 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-1: Testing and measuring techniques - Overview of IEC 61000-4 series

61000-6-3 61000-6-3 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-3: Generic standards - Emission standard for residential, commercial and light-industrial environments

61000-6-4 61000-6-4 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments

60044-1 60044-1 -- Instrument transformers - Part 1: Current transformers

UL CSA C22.2 ASME JIS Title

506 -- -- -- Specialty transformers508 -- -- -- Industrial control equipment489 -- -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures1012 -- -- -- Power units other than CLASS 2

1561 -- -- -- Dry-type general purpose and power transformers5085 -- -- -- Low-voltage transformers60601-1 -- -- -- Medical electrical equipment, Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC 60601, EN 60601,

VDE 0750-1)1604 -- -- -- Electrical equipment for use in class I and class II, division 2, and class III hazardous (classified)

locations1059 -- -- -- Terminal blocks486A-486B -- -- -- Wire connectors

486E -- -- -- Equipment wiring terminals for use with aluminum and/or copper conductors

50 -- -- -- Enclosures for electrical equipment. Non-environmental considerations

-- No. 66 -- -- Specialty transformers-- No. 14 -- -- Industrial control equipment-- No. 5 -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures-- No. 107-1 -- -- General use power supplies

-- -- A17.5 / B 44.1 -- Elevator and escalator electrical equipment

-- -- -- C 8201-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 4: Contactors and motor-starters


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix


13/13Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Quality management

The quality management system of our IC LMV LV Business Unit complies with the international standard DIN EN ISO 9001.

The products and systems described in this catalogue are sold under application of a VDE-approved quality management sys-tem according to ISO 9001.

VDE certificate

Siemens AG Infrastructure & Cities Sector Low and Medium Voltage Division Low Voltage Distribution (IC LMV LV) Reg. No.: 40017/QM/03.06

■ Certificates

Information on the certificates available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, ship-ping authorisations) for low-voltage power distribution and elec-trical installation products can be found on the Internet at:


In the Entry List you can use the certificate type (general product approval, explosion protection, test certificates, shipbuilding,...) as a filter criterion.

■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, manufactured and tested according to the relevant German standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European standards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards assigned to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of this catalogue.

As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various regulations valid in other countries are also taken into account in the design of the equipment.

In some countries (see table below), an approval is required for certain low-voltage switchgear and controlgear components. Depending on the market requirements, these components have been submitted for approval to the authorised testing institutes.

In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only ap-prove special switchgear designs. Such special versions are listed separately from the standard versions in the individual parts of this catalogue.

For this equipment, partial limitations of the maximum permissi-ble voltages, currents and ratings can be imposed, or special approval and, in some cases, special identification is required.

For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classifi-cation societies must be observed (see table below). In some cases, they require type tests of the components to be ap-proved.

■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

For more information about UL and CSA see Page 13/14. 1) For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at


Canada1) USA1) China

Government-appointed or private, officially recognised testing bodies

CSA UL(USA)

UL CQC

Approval symbol s c u cUc UUS

cuUS

u Uc UUS

cuUS

Approval requirements + + +

Remarks UL and CSA are authorised to grant approvals according to Canadian or US regulations. Attention: these approvals are frequently not recognised and additional approval often has to be obtained from the national testing authority.

CCC


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix


13/14 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Marine classification societies

■ CE mark of conformity

Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to which EC directives apply must identify their products, instruc-tion manuals or packaging with a CE mark of conformity.

The CE mark of conformity confirms that a product fulfills the ap-propriate basic requirements of all pertinent directives. The mark of conformity is a mandatory requirement for putting products into circulation throughout the EC.

All the products in this catalogue are in conformance with the EC directives and bear the CE mark of conformity.• Low-voltage directive • EMC directive

The manufacturer of the system assembled from individual mod-ules is responsible for the preparation of the EC declaration of conformity.

■ Accident prevention

Test certificates and approvals from the BIA (German statutory industrial accident insurance institution in Bonn), from SUVA (Swiss institute for accident prevention), BGFE (Berufsgenos-senschaft der Feinmechanik und Elektrotechnik) and VDE are available for some devices in safety control systems. For details, see the respective product descriptions.

■ Special standards, for example the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing ma-chines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated cable enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to that used for gas or water pipe systems.

The tubing system must be completely watertight and electri-cally conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the tubing system can also be earthed, the cable entries of enclosed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must be fit-ted with metal adapters between these threads and the tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately unless other-wise specified.

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits (e.g. contactor relays, commanding and signalling devices and auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in addi-tion to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbrevi-ation.

The abbreviations are harmonised with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix 1 Table A.1 and correspond to the stated utilisation categories.

For various switching devices detailed in the catalogue, a note has been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can only be connected to the same pole of the actuating voltage, e.g. "600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".

Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)

For more information about UL and CSA see Page 13/13.

Germany United Kingdom

France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA

Name Germa-nischer Lloyd

Lloyds Register of Shipping

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Russian Maritime Register of Shipping

Registro Italiano Navale

Polski Rejestre Statków

American Bureau of Shipping

Codes GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS

Recognised Component Listed Product

Devices are identified on the rating plateusing the "UL recognition mark":USA: U, cUUS

Canada: cU, cUUS

Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating platee.g. USA: u LISTED 165 C Canada: cu LISTED 165 C

IND. CONT. EQ. IND. CONT. EQ.(165 C stands for: Siemens, I IA CD Division, Amberg plant)

Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.:as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere, according to the operating conditions.

Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.:

• As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.

• As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.

If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as U or cU "recognised components".


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix


13/15Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Special standards in different countries

Argentina

In Argentina the approval requirements are based on Resolution 92/98. Since 01.04.2001 circuit breakers and RCCBs require approval.

Since April 1st, 2002, protective switches up to In = 63 A and Umax = 440V require approval and must bear a mark of conformity.

GOST approval for Russia

A GOST approval is required for all products that are to be sold in Russia. The GOST mark has been obligatory on the packag-ing of all devices since mid-1998.

All devices delivered to any part of the Russian Federation must have this customs certification.

C-Tick licensing for Australia

The C-Tick license is required for marketing Siemens compo-nents in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of EMC clearance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity laid down by the EMC directive applicable in the EC and bear the "C-Tick" mark. These requirements have been in force since October 1st, 1999.

CCC approval

Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required for many products that are marketed in China.

Romania

In Romania, components which are used in public buildings must be approved by the Romanian testing authority ICECON.

South Africa

In South Africa there are approval requirements for circuit break-ers and busbar trunking systems. Such equipment must bear a conformity mark.


You can find more information about standards and approvals at



© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Siemens contacts

13/16 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Contact partners at Siemens Industry

At Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies, more than 85 000 people are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-term improvement of your competitive ability. We are com-mitted to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new standards in automation and drive technology. In all indus-tries – worldwide.

At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales, training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry Automation and Drive Technologies range.

Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts database at:www.siemens.com/automation/partner

You start by selecting a• Product group, • Country, • City, • Service.


© Siemens AG 2012

AppendixOnline Services

Information and orderingin the internet and on DVD

13/17Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology on the WWW

Siemens low-voltage power distribution and electrical installa-tion technology offers switchboards, busbar trunking systems, distribution boards as well as protection, switching, measuring and monitoring devices, building management systems, switches and socket outlets. The consistency, modularity and intelligence of our components and systems offer you numerous advantages – throughout their service life and wherever you are in the world. We deliver trendsetting designs and innovative functions in unique quality, developed in accordance with the applicable international standards.

Comprehensive information about all products and systems as well as service and support is available in a compact and clear format on the Internet at:


■ Product selection using the interactive catalogue CA 01 of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The interactive catalogue CA 01 covers more than 80 000 prod-ucts and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies product base.

Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive.

After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button, by fax or by online link.

Information on the interactive catalogue CA 01 can be found in the Internet under

www.siemens.com/automation/ca01

or on DVD.

■ Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of prod-ucts presented in electronic catalogues in an informative and at-tractive way.

Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet.

Numerous functions are available to support you.

For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.

Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:



© Siemens AG 2012

AppendixService & SupportThe unmatched complete servicefor the entire life cycle

13/18 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

Our Service & Support are available worldwide to help you with every aspect of Siemens Building and Automation Technologies. We offer on-site support for every phase of the life cycle of your buildings and plants in more than 100 countries.

Every step of the way, you have access to an experienced team of specialists and their combined expertise. Thanks to regular training and the close cooperation of key employees around the globe, we are able to offer reliable services for a huge range of options.

■ Online supportOur comprehensive online infor-mation platform covers every aspect of our Service & Support and is available whenever, wherever.


■ Technical supportThe competent consulting serv-ice for technical issues with a broad range of customer-orient-ed services for all our products and systems.


■ TrainingExtend your lead – with practise-related know-how straight from the manufacturer.

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training

■ Field ServiceSiemens Field Service offers support with all aspects of com-missioning and maintenance – so that the availability of your machines and plants is assured whatever the case.


■ Spare partsPlants and systems in all sectors worldwide are expected to meet ever higher levels of availability. We can help you rule out unex-pected stoppages with a global network and optimum logistics chains.


■ Specification textsYou can obtain qualified, free support to help you produce specifications for technically equipping non-residential and industrial buildings at

www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/tender-specifications/en

Spar

e Pa

rts

Spar

e Pa

rts

TechnicalSupport

TechnicalConsultingTechnicalConsulting TechnicalSupport

Service ProgramsServicePrograms

Engineering SupportEngineering Support

TrainingTraining

Modernization ServicesModernization Services

Online Support

Online Support

Field

ServiceField

Service

Optimization Services Optimization Services


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Comprehensive support from A to Z

13/19Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Overview For more efficiency in meeting all your needs – comprehensive support and round-the-clock access to proven tools – quickly and easily via the Internet.

Product informationWebsite Fast, targeted information on low-voltage power

distribution:


Newsletter Always up to date about our trend-setting products and systems:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter

Product information/product & system selectionInformation and Download Center

Current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures, demo software and promotion packages:


Industry Mall Comprehensive information and order platform for the Siemens Industry Basket:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mall

Product & system engineeringSIMARIS software tools

Support in planning and configuration the electrical power distribution:

www.siemens.com/simaris

ALPHA SELECT engineering software

Simple and fast configuration for distribution boards and metre cabinets with products from the Siemens Industry Basket:

www.siemens.com/alpha-select

Product documentationService & Support portal

Comprehensive technical information - from planning to configuration and operation:


CAx Data Collation of commercial and technical master pro-duct data:

www.siemens.com/cax

Image database Collection of product photographs and graphics, such as dimensional drawings and internal circuit diagrams:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/bilddb

Product trainingSITRAIN portal Comprehensive training program about our pro-

ducts, systems and engineering tools:

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training

Product hotlineTechnical Support Support for all technical queries about our products:

E-mail: [email protected]

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technicalsupport


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Software licenses

13/20 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Overview

Software typesSoftware requiring a license is categorised into types.The following software types have been defined:• Engineering software• Runtime software

Engineering softwareThis includes all software products for creating (engineering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteris-ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-parties free-of-charge.

Runtime softwareThis includes all software products required for plant/machine operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-sions, drivers, etc.The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalogue). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.Information about extended rights of use for parameterisa-tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s).

License typesSiemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari-ous types of software license:• Floating license• Single license• Rental license• Trial license• Factory license

Floating licenseThe software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started. A license is required for each concurrent user.

Single licenseUnlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software. The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per device, per axis, per chan-nel, etc. One single license is required for each type of use defined.

Rental licenseA rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each installation of the software.

Trial licenseA trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another license.

Factory licenseWith the Factory License the user has the right to install and use the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number of hardware devices on which the software may be installed results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).

Certificate of licenseThe Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.

DowngradingThe licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.

Delivery versionsSoftware is constantly being updated.The following delivery versions can be used to access updates:• PowerPack• UpgradeExisting bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.

PowerPackPowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-ware is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original license of the software to be replaced.

UpgradeAn upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held.The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed.A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded.

ServicePackServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-ing to the number of existing original licenses.

License keySiemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies software products with and without license keys. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, rental license, etc.).The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license).

Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or atwww.siemens.com/industrymall(Industry Mall Online-Help System)


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Subject index

13/21Siemens LV 56 · 2011

Numerics1/4 turn screws............................................ 10/319" rack ................................................ 7/2, 7/12• Mounting kits .......................................... 7/12

AAccessories• Fasteners

- for electrical connections .................... 10/2- for mechanical connections ................ 10/2

• Miscellaneous parts.................... 10/3 ... 10/9- Cable entries ....................................... 10/7- Column ID plate................................... 10/3- Door and special covers ......... 10/3 ... 10/5- Electrical accessories.......................... 10/8- Flange plates ....................................... 10/7- Mechanical accessory parts ...... 10/5, 10/6- Special covers ......................... 10/3 ... 10/5- Tools..................................................... 10/9

Adapters ..................................................... 10/9Air circuit breakers .......................... 8/10 ... 8/11Air circuit breakers 3WL................................ 3/3• Assembly kits for ............................ 6/3 ... 6/5• Busbar systems ........................................ 3/3• Cubicle, base, supporting structure,

enclosure .................................................. 3/3• Delivery units for ....................................... 6/7• Internal separation.................................... 3/3• Kits for switchgear, busbar connection .... 3/3• Kits for switchgear, covers,

modular mounting plates.......................... 3/3• Prefabricated assembly kits for ................ 6/6Air-conditioning 8MR..................................... 9/2Assembly kits• Connecting bar set ................................... 5/8• Connecting lugs .................... 5/7 ... 5/8, 5/11• for 3K switch disconnectors ....... 6/26 ... 6/29• for 3NJ4 in-line fuse

switch disconnectors................... 6/32 ... 6/34• for 3NJ6 in-line fuse

switch disconnectors................... 6/35 ... 6/37• for 3NP switch disconnectors..... 6/30 ... 6/31• for 3VL moulded case

circuit breakers .............................. 6/8 ... 6/21- for horizontal installation

with front cover....................... 6/11 ... 6/14- for horizontal installation

with modular door .................. 6/18 ... 6/20- for vertical installation

with front cover....................... 6/15 ... 6/17- for vertical installation

with modular door .............................. 6/21• for 3VT moulded case

circuit breakers ........................... 6/22 ... 6/24- for horizontal installation ...................... 6/23- for vertical installation .......................... 6/24

• for 3WL air circuit breakers............. 6/3 ... 6/5• for 8GK system

- Adapters .............................................. 6/42- Crossbars ............................................ 6/42- Frame cover

for contact protection cover ............... 6/42- Mechanical dimensions.......... 11/21, 11/22- Touch protection cover ........................ 6/42- Uprights ............................................... 6/42

• for 8GK4 system......................... 6/41 ... 6/50• for modular devices.................... 6/38 ... 6/40

- SIKclip ................................................. 6/51• for protection and

switching devices .......................... 6/2 ... 6/51• for vertical terminal blocks ..................... 6/44• Front cover for measuring instruments... 6/44• Holder ..................................................... 5/11• Holders for distribution busbar system .. 5/10• Main busbar holder .................................. 5/7• Reinforcement

for distribution busbar system ................ 5/10

• Reinforcement for main busbar system .... 5/7• Support for distribution busbar system... 5/10• Upgrade for arcing fault protection........... 5/8Assembly kits 8GK4• for 3NJ4 in-line

fuse switch disconnectors ...................... 6/49• for 3NP4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

- for mounting on busbars...................... 6/47- for mounting on support plates............ 6/47

• for 3VL moulded case circuit breakers ... 6/48• for bus-mounting fuse bases .................. 6/50• for empty sections................................... 6/46• for modular devices ................................ 6/43• for terminal blocks................................... 6/44• with mounting plates ............................... 6/45

BBar guide..................................................... 10/4Bar lock• Coupling bar for ...................................... 10/4• Locking bar for........................................ 10/4Base ................................................ 4/17 ... 4/18• Mechanical dimensions .......................... 11/4Base compartment doors.............................. 7/6Board coupling kit ....................................... 4/16Bottom plates .............................................. 4/26Bracket• for cubicle reinforcement ........................ 10/6Busbar ......................................................... 10/6Busbar arrangement• Mechanical dimensions ........................ 11/12Busbar clamps ................................... 5/11, 10/2Busbar connection fasteners ...................... 5/15Busbar holders ............................................ 5/13Busbar systems................................. 5/2 ... 5/15• Compact busbar systems........... 5/12 ... 5/14• Distribution busbar systems ......... 5/9 ... 5/11• Main busbar systems...................... 5/3 ... 5/8• Mechanical dimensions ............ 11/7 ... 11/11Busbars• Cover profile for ...................................... 5/14• Main busbar systems

- Internal separation ...... 8/4 ... 8/6, 8/7 ... 8/9Bus-mounting fuse bases• Assembly kits 8GK4................................ 6/50

CCable bracket.............................................. 10/5Cable entries• for flange plates ...................................... 10/7Cable entry .................................................. 10/8Check list for SIVACON S4• Planning and configuration ............ 12/4, 12/5Circuit breaker• 3VL.............................................. 8/16 ... 8/21• 3WL............................................. 8/10 ... 8/11• Moulded case circuit breakers 3VL

- Mechanical dimensions ..................... 11/20Column ID plate........................................... 10/3Compact busbar systems ............... 5/12 ... 5/14Configuration and planning• Check list for SIVACON S4 ............ 12/4, 12/5• Correction factors ................................... 12/6• Example ................................................ 12/11• Internal temperature of low-voltage

power distribution boards ..........12/8 ... 12/10• Procedure ............................................... 12/3• SIMARIS CFB .......................................... 12/2Connecting panel for mounting plate.......... 7/11Copper busbars .......................................... 5/14Cordless screwdriver .................................. 10/9Corner cubicle............................................. 4/15

Corner piece• for fastening to cable bracket ................ 10/6Correction factors• Planning and configuration .................... 12/6Coupling bar for bar lock............................ 10/4Cover .................... 6/5, 6/11, 6/13 ... 6/17, 6/20,........................ 6/21, 6/23, 6/24, 6/31, 6/34, 6/39Cover profile for busbars ............................ 5/14Covers.......................................... 7/2, 7/3 ... 7/4• Blanking covers...................................... 10/9• Internal ................................................... 4/20• Outer....................................................... 4/20• Terminal covers ...................................... 10/9Crossbars .......................................... 8/14, 10/5Cubicle• Economic

- with one section....................... 4/11 ... 4/12- with subdivision

into two sections ..................... 4/13 ... 4/14• for simple applications ............... 4/11 ... 4/14• Mechanical dimensions.......................... 11/2• Mechanical upgrade kit.......................... 4/14Cubicle air-conditioning................................ 9/9Cubicle and supporting structure• with one section.............................. 4/4 ... 4/5• with subdivision into three sections 4/8 ... 4/9• with subdivision into two sections ............ 4/7Cubicle connection....................................... 5/8Cubicle doors• with semi-cylindrical profile .................... 4/23• with two-way interlocking system ........... 4/22Cubicle key ................................................. 10/5Cubicle lamp............................................... 10/8Cubicle panelling........................................ 4/21Cubicle type Economic................................. 3/4

DDeclaration of conformity• SIVACON S4

power distribution boards .............. 2/7 ... 2/9Degree of protection IP55• Upgrade ..................................... 7/6, 7/8, 7/9Delivery units• for 3WL air circuit breakers ...................... 6/7Device compartment .................................. 6/37Device holder.............................................. 6/34Diagram pockets ........................................ 10/9Distribution busbar systems ............ 5/9 ... 5/11,............................................................. 8/7 ... 8/9• Partition..................................................... 8/9Door hinge .................................................. 10/4Door limit switch.......................................... 10/8Door lock..................................................... 10/4Doors• Base compartment doors......................... 7/6• Double cubicle doors ............................. 4/24• Head compartment doors ........................ 7/6• Inner door ............................................... 4/25Double cubicle doors ................................. 4/24Duct connection• Mechanical dimensions.......... 11/16 ... 11/19

EEarthing strip .............................................. 10/8Economic• Flange plates for cubicle type................ 10/7Economic with 3VL moulded case circuit breakers• Busbar systems........................................ 3/4• Cubicle, base, supporting structure,

enclosure.................................................. 3/4• Kits for switchgear, covers,

modular mounting plates........................... 3/4


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Subject index

13/22 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

Electrical accessories ................................. 10/8Electronic hygrostats .................................. 9/13Electronic hygrotherms ............................... 9/14Electronic thermostats ................................ 9/13EMC filter fans............................................... 9/4Empty sections• Assembly kits 8GK4 ............................... 6/46Enclosures ...................................... 4/19 ... 4/30• Mechanical dimensions.............. 11/4 ... 11/6Example• Configuration and planning .................. 12/11

FFan heaters ................................................. 9/10Fasteners• for busbar connections........................... 5/15• for electrical connections ....................... 10/2• for mechanical connections ................... 10/2Filter fan versions .......................................... 9/4Fix thermostats............................................ 9/12Flange plates .............................................. 10/7Floor anchoring• Mechanical dimensions.......................... 11/2Front frame.................................................. 4/19Fuse switch disconnectors 3NJ4, 3NJ6...... 8/21

HHead compartment doors............................. 7/6Hinge• Assembly kit ........................................... 10/3Hinge for cover ............................................. 7/4Hinge kit ...................................................... 10/3Holder• for distribution busbar ............................ 6/34Hygrostats................................................... 9/12Hygrotherms ............................................... 9/12

IID strip......................................................... 10/5In-line fuse switch disconnectors 3NJ4• Assembly kits 8GK4 ............................... 6/49• Assembly kits for ........................ 6/32 ... 6/34In-line fuse switch disconnectors 3NJ6• Assembly kits for ........................ 6/35 ... 6/37In-line fuse switch disconnectors 3NP4• Assembly kits 8GK4 ................... 6/47 ... 6/49Inner door.................................................... 4/25Inner door strut............................................ 10/5Internal covers ............................................ 4/20Internal separation ............................ 8/2 ... 8/21• Distribution busbar systems ........... 8/7 ... 8/9

- Partition.................................................. 8/9• Main busbar systems ..................... 8/4 ... 8/6• Protection and switching devices

- 3NJ4, 3NJ6 .......................................... 8/21- 3VL

Rear connection.................... 8/17 ... 8/20- 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP.................... 8/12 ... 8/16- 3WL.......................................... 8/10 ... 8/21

Internal temperature of low-voltage power distribution boards• Planning and configuration.......... 12/8, 12/10Introduction• System Overview .......................... 2/2 ... 2/10

LLifting bracket.............................................. 10/6Lifting eyebolts ............................................ 10/6Locking bar for bar lock .............................. 10/4Low-voltage power distribution boards• Internal temperature

- Planning and configuration ....... 12/8, 12/10

MMain busbar systems ......... 5/3 ... 5/8, 8/4 ... 8/6Mechanical dimensions• Assembly kits for 8GK system ... 11/21, 11/22• Base ........................................................ 11/4• Busbar arrangement ............................. 11/12• Busbar systems ........................ 11/7 ... 11/11• Cubicle.................................................... 11/2• Duct connection...................... 11/16 ... 11/19• Enclosures .................................. 11/4 ... 11/6• Floor anchoring ....................................... 11/2• Moulded case circuit breakers 3VL

with motorised operating mechanism....11/20• Mounting plates ......................... 11/13, 11/14• Terminal................................................. 11/12Mechanical hygrostats ................................ 9/13Mechanical thermostats .............................. 9/13Miscellaneous parts ........................ 10/3 ... 10/9• Cable entries........................................... 10/7• Column ID plate ...................................... 10/3• Door and special covers............. 10/3 ... 10/5• Electrical accessories ............................. 10/8• Flange plates .......................................... 10/7• Mechanical accessory parts.......... 10/5, 10/6• Special covers ............................ 10/3 ... 10/5• Tools ........................................................ 10/9Modular devices• Assembly kits 8GK4................................ 6/43• Assembly kits for......................... 6/38 ... 6/40

- SIKclip .................................................. 6/51Modular door ........................................ 6/5, 6/18Modular doors ............................................... 7/2• Base compartment doors ......................... 7/6• Head compartment doors......................... 7/6Modular doors/outer front covers• Modular door............................................. 7/7• Outer front cover ....................................... 7/6Moulded case circuit breaker ......... 8/16 ... 8/21Moulded case circuit breakers 3VL ....... 3/2, 3/4• Assembly kits 8GK4................................ 6/48• Assembly kits for........................... 6/8 ... 6/21

- for horizontal installation with front cover ........................6/11 ... 6/14

- for horizontal installation with modular door....................6/18 ... 6/20

- for vertical installation with front cover ....................... 6/15 ... 6/17

- for vertical installation with modular door............................... 6/21

• Busbar systems ........................................ 3/2• Cubicle, base, supporting structure,

enclosure ...................................................3/2• Kits for switchgear, busbar connection..... 3/2• Kits for switchgear, covers,

modular mounting plates ...........................3/2• Mechanical dimensions ........................ 11/20Moulded case circuit breakers 3VT• Assembly kits for......................... 6/22 ... 6/24

- for horizontal installation ...................... 6/23- for vertical installation .......................... 6/24

Mounting bracket............................... 10/5, 10/6Mounting plate ............... 6/5, 6/11, 6/13 ... 6/21,.......................................... 6/23, 6/24, 6/31, 6/39• Cubicle-high ........................................... 6/45Mounting plates ....................... 7/2, 7/10 ... 7/11• Assembly kits 8GK4 ............................... 6/45• Mechanical dimensions............. 11/13, 11/14

NN-Link.............................................. 6/18 ... 6/20N-Link support ...................... 6/11, 6/13 ... 6/17,............................................................ 6/20, 6/21

OOuter covers ............................................... 4/20

PPanels• Rear panels ............................................ 4/29• Side panels............................................. 4/30Partition......................................................... 8/9PEN jumper• for main busbar system............................ 5/8Planning and configuration• Check list for SIVACON S4............ 12/4, 12/5• Correction factors................................... 12/6• Example................................................ 12/11• Internal temperature of low-voltage

power distribution boards ........ 12/8 ... 12/10• Procedure............................................... 12/3• SIMARIS CFB ......................................... 12/2Plastic rivet.................................................. 10/6Plates• Bottom plates ......................................... 4/26• Top plates ................................... 4/27 ... 4/28Plug-in rails ................................................. 8/14Prefabricated assembly kits• for 3WL air circuit breakers ...................... 6/6Protection and switching devices• 3NJ4, 3NJ6

- Fuse switch disconnectors.................. 8/21- Internal separation............................... 8/21- Rear connection .................................. 8/21

• 3VL- 3VL circuit breaker .................. 8/16 ... 8/21- Rear connection ...................... 8/17 ... 8/20

Internal separation................... 8/17, 8/20• 3VL, 3VT, 3K, 3NP ...................... 8/12 ... 8/16

- Internal separation...................... 8/12, 8/16• 3WL

- 3WL circuit breakers................ 8/10 ... 8/11• Assembly kits for .......................... 6/2 ... 6/51• Internal separation...................... 8/10 ... 8/21Protection and switching devices and modular devices• Busbar systems........................................ 3/5• Cubicle, base, supporting structure,

enclosure................................................... 3/5• Internal separation.................................... 3/5• Kits for switchgear, busbar connection .... 3/5• Kits for switchgear, covers,

modular mounting plates.......................... 3/5Protective bellows....................................... 8/17PTC fan heaters .......................................... 9/11

RRear panels................................................. 4/29Rotary handle ............................................. 10/3


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Subject index

13/23Siemens LV 56 · 2011

SScrews ........................................................ 10/2Semiconductor heaters• with thermostat ......................................... 9/9• without thermostat .................................... 9/9Semi-cylindrical profile................................ 10/4Separation.............................. 8/14 ... 8/16, 8/19Side panels ................................................. 4/30SIKclip• Assembly kits for modular devices......... 6/51SIMARIS CFB• Planning and configuration..................... 12/2Small thermostats ....................................... 9/12Socket ......................................................... 10/8• Schuko.................................................... 10/8Standard configurations• Air circuit breakers 3WL ........................... 3/3• Cubicle type Economic with 3VL moulded

case circuit breakers- Vertical distribution busbar at the rear .. 3/4

• Moulded case circuit breakers 3VL- Vertical distribution busbar

on the side............................................ 3/2• with protection and switching devices

and modular devices................................. 3/5Standard filter fans in EMC version............... 9/4Stickers ....................................................... 10/9Supporting structure• for the internal separation form .............. 4/10Supporting structure and cubicle• with one section.............................. 4/4 ... 4/5• with subdivision

into three sections .......................... 4/8 ... 4/9• with subdivision into two sections ..... 4/6, 4/7Switch disconnector 3K• Assembly kits for ........................ 6/26 ... 6/29Switch disconnectors 3NP• Assembly kits for ........................ 6/30 ... 6/31Switching modules...................................... 9/14System 8GK4• Assembly kits for ........................ 6/41 ... 6/50System overview ........................................... 2/2

TTechnical specifications• SIVACON S4 power distribution boards ... 2/6Terminal ....................................................... 8/17• Mechanical dimensions ........................ 11/12Terminal blocks• Assembly kits 8GK4................................ 6/44Thermostats................................................. 9/12Tools ............................................................ 10/9Top plates ........................................ 4/27 ... 4/28Touch protection................................. 6/21, 6/37Twin thermostats.......................................... 9/13

UUniversal mounting bracket ........................ 10/5Upgrade• Degree of protection IP55........... 7/6, 7/8, 7/9

VVertical distribution busbar• at the rear.................................................. 3/4• on the side ................................................ 3/2

WWashers....................................................... 10/2


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Order number indexincluding export markings

13/24 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

■ Overview

Order No. Page Export markings

ECCN AL

3NJ 3NJ 6/34, 6/37 N N

3SE 3SE 10/8 N N

5ST 5ST2 6/51 N N

5ST3 10/9 N N

8G 8GD 10/9 N N

8GF56 5/14 N N

8GF57 3 5/14 N N

8GF57 4 5/14 N N

8GF57 5 5/14 N N

8GF57 6 5/13 N N

8GF7 10/9 N N

8GF9 10/9 N N

8GK43 6/43 N N

8GK44 6/44 ... 45 N N

8GK45 6/44, 6/46 ... 47 N N

8GK46 6/47 N N

8GK47 6/48 ... 49 N N

8GK48 6/42, 6/50 N N

8GK91 7/4 ... 10/3 N N

8GK95 6/45 N N

8GK99 10/9 N N

8H 8HC 10/7 N N

8HP 10/7 N N

8M 8MF 10/8 N N

8MR21 2 9/10 N N

8MR21 3 9/9 N N

8MR21 40-0 9/10 EAR99H N

8MR21 40-1 9/10 EAR99H N

8MR21 40-2A 9/10 EAR99H N

8MR21 40-2B 9/10 EAR99 N

8MR21 40-3A 9/10 EAR99H N

8MR21 40-3B 9/10 EAR99 N

8MR21 40-3C 9/11 N N

8MR21 40-3D 9/11 N N

8MR21 40-4A 9/10 EAR99H N

8MR21 40-4B 9/10 EAR99 N

8MR21 40-5 9/11 N N

8MR21 40-6 9/10 N N

8MR21 5 9/10 ... 11 N N

8MR21 7 9/12 ... 14 N N

8MR21 8 9/14 N N

8MR21 9 9/6 N N

8MR60 9/6 N N

8MR63 9/6 N N

8MR64 0 9/4 ... 5 N N

8MR64 1 9/4 ... 5 N N

8MR64 23-2 9/4 N N

8MR64 23-5D 9/7 On req. On req.

8MR64 23-5E 9/7 On req. On req.

8MR64 23-5L 9/4 N N

8MR64 23-5M 9/8 On req. On req.

8MR64 23-5S 9/7 On req. On req.

8MR64 23-6 9/5 N N

8MR64 4 9/7 On req. On req.

8MR65 9/4 ... 5 N N

8PQ1 8PQ10 0 4/14 N N

8PQ10 1 4/17 ... 18 N N

8PQ10 2 4/17 N N

8PQ12 00 4/4, 4/15 N N

8PQ12 01 4/4, 4/6, 4/8 N N

8PQ12 02 4/4, 4/6, 4/8 N N

8PQ12 04 4/4, 4/12, 4/15 ... 16 N N

8PQ12 06 4/4, 4/6, 4/12 ... 13, 4/15 N N

8PQ12 08 4/4, 4/6, 4/8, 4/12 ... 13, 4/15 N N

8PQ2 8PQ20 00-1 4/25 N N

8PQ20 00-2 4/20 N N

8PQ20 00-6 4/19, 4/25, 6/34, 7/6 N N

8PQ20 00-8 4/19, 4/25, 6/34, 7/6 N N

8PQ20 05 7/3, 7/9 N N

8PQ20 10-4 7/9 N N

8PQ20 10-6 6/23, 7/3 ... 4, 7/9 N N

8PQ20 10-8 7/3 ... 4, 7/9 N N

8PQ20 15-4BA01 7/6 N N

8PQ20 15-4BA03 7/6 N N

8PQ20 15-4BA04 7/7 N N

8PQ20 15-4BA05 7/8 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA02 7/3 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA04 6/14 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA06 6/14 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA07 6/39 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA10 7/7 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA12 7/8 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA13 7/6 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA14 6/19 ... 20 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA16 6/19 ... 20 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA17 6/23 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA18 6/23 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA21 6/11, 6/13 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA22 6/13 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA23 6/18 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA24 6/19 ... 20 N N

8PQ20 15-6BA25 6/19 ... 20 N N

8PQ20 15-8BA02 7/3 N N

8PQ20 15-8BA03 6/39 N N

8PQ20 15-8BA05 7/7 N N

8PQ20 15-8BA07 7/8 N N

8PQ20 15-8BA08 7/6 N N

8PQ20 20-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 20-6 6/11, 6/13 ... 14, 6/18 ... 20, 6/23, 6/29, 6/39 ... 40, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N


ECCN AL


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix


13/25Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8PQ20 20-8 6/11, 6/13 ... 14, 6/18 ... 20, 6/29, 6/39 ... 40, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 22 7/6 N N

8PQ20 25 6/11, 6/13 ... 14, 6/18 ... 20, 6/23 ... 24, 6/29, 6/31, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 30-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 30-6 6/11, 6/13 ... 14, 6/18 ... 20, 6/23, 6/29, 6/31, 6/39, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 30-8 6/14, 6/29, 6/31, 6/39, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 35-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 35-6 6/11, 6/14 ... 16, 6/18 ... 20, 6/24 ... 25, 6/29, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 35-8 6/11, 6/13 ... 20, 6/29, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 40-0 10/5 N N

8PQ20 40-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 40-6 6/11, 6/15 ... 18, 6/21,6/24 ... 25, 6/39, 7/3 ... 4, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 40-8 6/11, 6/15 ... 18, 6/39, 7/3 ... 4, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 45-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 45-6 6/29, 6/39, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 45-8 6/11, 6/18 ... 19, 6/29, 6/39, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 50-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 50-6 6/16 ... 17, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 50-8 6/14, 6/16 ... 17, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 55-0 10/5 N N

8PQ20 55-4 6/5, 6/21, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 55-6 6/5, 6/29, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 55-8 6/5, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 60-0 10/5 N N

8PQ20 60-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 60-6 6/15, 6/17, 6/21, 6/39, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8

N N

8PQ20 60-8 6/39, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 65-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 65-6 6/17, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 65-8 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 70-0 10/5 N N

8PQ20 70-4 7/6 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 70-6 6/15, 6/21, 7/6 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 70-8 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 72 7/6 ... 7 N N

8PQ20 75 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 80-0 10/5 N N

8PQ20 80-4 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 80-6 6/21, 6/34, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 80-8 6/34, 7/3, 7/7 ... 8 N N

8PQ20 9 6/21 N N

8PQ21 97-0BA0 4/22 N N

8PQ21 97-0BA1 4/21 ... 22, 6/42, 10/5 N N

8PQ21 97-0BA2 4/22 N N

8PQ21 97-0BA3 4/23 N N

8PQ21 97-0BA4 4/23 N N

8PQ21 97-1BA0 4/22 ... 23 N N


ECCN AL

8PQ21 97-1BA1 4/22 ... 24 N N

8PQ21 97-1BA2 4/22 N N

8PQ21 97-2 4/20, 4/24 N N

8PQ21 97-4 4/20, 4/22 ... 23 N N

8PQ21 97-6 4/21 ... 23, 6/42 N N

8PQ21 97-8 4/21 ... 23 N N

8PQ23 00-0 10/7 N N

8PQ23 00-4 4/26 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 00-6 4/26 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 00-8 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 01-4BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 01-4BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 01-4BA03 4/28 N N

8PQ23 01-4BA04 4/26 N N

8PQ23 01-6 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 01-8 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 02-4BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 02-4BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 02-4BA03 4/28 N N

8PQ23 02-4BA04 4/26 N N

8PQ23 02-6BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 02-6BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 02-6BA03 4/28 N N

8PQ23 02-6BA04 4/26 N N

8PQ23 02-8 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA05 4/26 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA06 4/26 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA08 4/28 N N

8PQ23 04-4BA1 4/26, 4/28 N N

8PQ23 04-6 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 04-8 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA05 4/26 N N

8PQ23 06-4BA06 4/26 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA05 4/26 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA06 4/26 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA08 4/28 N N

8PQ23 06-6BA1 4/26, 4/28 N N

8PQ23 06-8 4/27 ... 28 N N

8PQ23 08-4BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-4BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-4BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-4BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-4BA05 4/26 N N


ECCN AL


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix


13/26 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

8PQ23 08-4BA06 4/26 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA05 4/26 N N

8PQ23 08-6BA06 4/26 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA01 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA02 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA03 4/27 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA04 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA05 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA06 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA07 4/28 N N

8PQ23 08-8BA08 4/26 N N

8PQ24 4/29 N N

8PQ25 4/30 N N

8PQ3 8PQ30 00-0BA0 4/5, 4/7, 4/9 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA1 8/9, 10/5 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA3 7/11, 10/5 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA4 10/5 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA5 8/5, 8/9 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA6 4/5, 4/7, 4/9, 4/12 ... 13, 8/5 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA7 8/5 ... 6, 10/5 ... 6 N N

8PQ30 00-0BA8 8/6, 8/14, 10/5 ... 6 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA0 7/11, 10/6 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA1 7/11 ... 12, 8/5 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA2 7/10, 8/5 ... 6, 10/5 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA3 4/4, 4/6 ... 10, 4/13, 7/10 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA4 4/4, 4/6 ... 10, 4/13, 6/37, 8/21 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA5 6/37, 7/10, 8/5 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA6 7/10 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA7 6/42 N N

8PQ30 00-1BA8 6/42 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA0 8/6 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA1 7/10 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA2 7/10 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA3 7/10, 10/5 ... 6 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA4 6/42 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA5 7/10 ... 11, 8/9 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA6 7/10, 8/5 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA7 8/5 ... 6 N N

8PQ30 00-2BA8 7/11 N N

8PQ30 00-3 8/6 On req. On req.

8PQ4 8PQ40 00-0BA0 5/7, 8/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA11 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA12 5/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA17 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA18 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA2 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA31 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA32 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA37 5/7, 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA38 5/11 N N


ECCN AL

8PQ40 00-0BA4 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA5 5/7 ... 8, 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA60 5/7 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA61 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA62 5/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA63 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA64 8/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA67 5/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA70 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA71 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA72 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA73 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA75 5/11 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA76 8/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA77 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA78 5/10 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA80 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA81 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA82 5/8 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA83 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA84 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA85 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA86 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA87 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-0BA88 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA0 5/14 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA10 5/7 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA12 5/7 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA13 5/8 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA14 5/7 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA15 5/7 N N

8PQ40 00-1BA16 5/7 N N

8PQ5 8PQ50 00-0BA0 8/10, 8/16 N N

8PQ50 00-0BA1 8/10 ... 11 N N

8PQ50 00-0BA2 8/11 N N

8PQ50 00-0BA3 8/11 N N

8PQ50 00-0BA7 8/16 N N

8PQ50 00-1BA6 8/10 ... 11 N N

8PQ50 00-1BA7 8/15, 8/21 N N

8PQ50 00-1BA8 8/15 ... 16 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA0 8/16 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA2 8/14 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA3 8/14 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA4 8/14 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA5 8/14 ... 15 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA6 8/14 ... 15 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA7 8/15 N N

8PQ50 00-2BA8 8/15 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA1 6/21 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA4 8/14, 10/5 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA5 8/14, 8/18 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA6 8/18 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA7 8/18 ... 19 N N

8PQ50 00-3BA8 8/10 ... 11, 8/18 N N


ECCN AL


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix


13/27Siemens LV 56 · 2011

8PQ50 00-4 8/11, 8/18 N N

8PQ6 8PQ60 00-0 6/40 N N

8PQ60 00-1 6/12 N N

8PQ60 00-2 6/11, 6/13 ... 17, 6/19 ... 20, 6/29, 6/34

N N

8PQ60 00-3 6/5, 6/11, 6/13 ... 21, 6/24, 6/31, 6/39

N N

8PQ60 00-4BA0 6/17 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA1 6/14 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA2 6/14, 6/23 ... 25 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA3 6/23 ... 25 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA4 6/11, 6/13 ... 14, 6/18 ... 20 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA51 6/12 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA53 6/12 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA55 6/12 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA56 6/14 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA6 6/21 N N

8PQ60 00-4BA8 6/11, 6/13, 6/19, 6/21 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA00 6/11, 6/13, 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA01 6/11, 6/13, 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA02 6/11, 6/13, 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA03 6/11, 6/18 ... 19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA04 6/11, 6/18 ... 19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA13 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA14 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA15 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA17 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA18 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA20 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA21 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA22 8/19 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA24 6/5 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA25 6/5 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA26 6/5 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA3 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA40 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA41 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA42 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA43 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA44 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA45 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA46 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA47 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA48 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA50 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA51 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA52 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA53 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA54 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA55 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA56 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA57 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA58 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA6 6/7, 6/31 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA70 6/31 N N


ECCN AL

8PQ60 00-5BA71 6/31 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA72 6/31 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA73 6/31 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA74 6/31 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA75 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA76 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA77 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA78 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA80 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA81 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA82 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA83 6/6 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA87 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-5BA88 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA0 6/7, 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA1 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA20 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA21 6/7 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA24 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA25 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA26 8/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA27 6/18 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA28 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA30 6/18 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA31 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA32 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA33 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA34 6/18 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA35 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA36 6/18 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA37 6/19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA38 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA40 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA41 6/18 ... 19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA42 6/18 ... 19 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA43 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA44 6/18, 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA45 6/18, 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA46 6/18 ... 20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA47 6/18, 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA48 6/18, 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA50 6/18, 6/20 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA51 6/21 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA52 6/40 N N

8PQ60 00-6BA53 6/40 N N

8PQ9 8PQ94 00-0BA01 10/5 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA02 5/11, 10/2 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA03 8/16 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA05 10/9 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA06 10/3, 13/9 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA07 10/3 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA08 10/3 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA10 10/9 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA11 10/6 N N


ECCN AL


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix


13/28 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13

8PQ94 00-0BA12 10/5 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA14 10/2 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA15 10/8 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA16 10/8 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA17 10/3, 13/9 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA21 5/8 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA22 10/9 EAR99 N

8PQ94 00-0BA26 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA27 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA28 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA33 10/7 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA35 10/6 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA36 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA37 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA38 10/4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA4 10/3 ... 4 N N

8PQ94 00-0BA5 10/3 ... 4, 10/6 N N

8PQ95 10/2 N N

8PQ96 10/6 N N

8US 8US 5/13 ... 14 N N


ECCN AL


© Siemens AG 2012

13

Appendix

Conditions of sale and delivery

13/29Siemens LV 56 · 2011

■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi-tions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germa-ny, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Con-ditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms ap-ply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG.

For customers with a seat or registered office in GermanyThe “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry” shall apply.For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply.

For customers with a seat or registered office outside of GermanyThe “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Custo-mers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply.For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply.

GeneralThe dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding.Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice.The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations.Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery.Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective ba-sic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surchar-ges will be determined based on the official price and the metal factor of the respective product.The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release order.The metal factor determines the official price as of which the me-tal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used. The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the pri-ce information of the respective products.

An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available in the Internet under:www.siemens.com/industrymall (Industry Mall Online-Help System)

■ Export regulations

Siemens shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such ful-fillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes or other sanctions.If you transfer goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or techno-logy as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (inclu-ding all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national and international (re-) export control regulations. If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods, works and services provided by us, as well as any export control restrictions existing.Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Siemens from and against any claim, proceeding, action, fine, loss, cost and dama-ges arising out of or relating to any noncompliance with export control regulations by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall compen-sate Siemens for all losses and expenses resulting thereof, un-less such noncompliance was not caused by fault of the Purchaser. This provision does not imply a change in burden of proof.The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations.Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities.According to current provisions, the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list:

Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”, authoriza-tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.

AL Number of the German Export List

Products marked other than “N” require an export license. In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are subject to a European or German export authorization when being expor-ted out of the EU.

ECCN Export Control Classification Number

Products marked other than “N” are subject to a reexport licen-se to specific countries.

In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be gene-rally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “ECCN“ not equal to “N” are subject to a US re-export authorization.


© Siemens AG 2012

Appendix

Notes

13/30 Siemens LV 56 · 2011

13


© Siemens AG 2012

CatalogsIndustry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listedin the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner

Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalogfor Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low Voltage Distribution

CA 01

Drive SystemsVariable-Speed DrivesSINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 11

SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters

D 12

ROBICON Perfect HarmonyMedium-Voltage Air-Cooled DrivesGermany Edition

D 15.1

SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units

D 21.3

SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31

Three-phase Induction Motors• H-compact• H-compact PLUS

D 84.1

Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet Technology, HT-direct

D 86.2

DC Motors DA 12SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters

DA 21.1

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter

Cabinet UnitsDA 22

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

DA 65.3

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and Motors for Production Machines

PM 21

SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE and Motors for Machine Tools

NC 60

SINUMERIK, SINAMICS S120 and Motors for Machine Tools

NC 61

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-MotorsIEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1

Mechanical Driving MachinesFLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology

SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices

LV 10.1

SIVACON · ALPHA Switchboards and Distribution Systems

LV 10.2

Standards-Compliant Components for Photovoltaic Plants

LV 11

SIVACON Power Distribution Boards SIVACON S4 LV 56SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70GAMMA Building Control ET G1PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

Motion Control Catalog

SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE Automation Systems for Machine Tools

NC 60

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS Equipment for Machine Tools

NC 61

SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M, SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors

NC 82

SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and Motors for Production Machines

PM 21

Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1

Power Supply and System CablingPower supply SITOP KT 10.1System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2

Process Instrumentation and AnalyticsField Instruments for Process Automation FI 01SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31Products for Weighing Technology WT 10PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01PDF: Process Analytics,

Components for the System IntegrationPA 11

Safety IntegratedSafety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10

SIMATIC HMI/PC-based AutomationHuman Machine Interface Systems/PC-based Automation

ST 80/ ST PC

SIMATIC IdentIndustrial Identification Systems ID 10

SIMATIC Industrial Automation SystemsProducts for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation

ST 70

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7.1

PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7.2

SIMATIC NETIndustrial Communication IK PI

SINVERT PhotovoltaicsInverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10

SIRIUS Industrial Controls SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10

System SolutionsApplications and Products for Industry are part of the interactive catalog CA 01

Download-Center

PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

U3en_4f.fm Seite 2 Montag, 23. April 2012 2:39 14

© Siemens AG 2012

The information provided in this catalogue contains descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice.All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.www.siemens.com/lowvoltage

Subject to change without prior noticeOrder No. E86060-K1856-A101-A1-7600MP.R3.LV.0000.00.2.43 / Dispo 18302KG 0412 0.2 DPG 240 EnPrinted in Germany© Siemens AG 2012

Siemens AGInfrastructure & Cities SectorLow and Medium Voltage DivisionLow Voltage DistributionPostfach 10 09 5393009 REGENSBURGGERMANY

LV56_2011_umschlag_en.indd 2LV56_2011_umschlag_en.indd 2 04.04.2012 15:17:3304.04.2012 15:17:33

© Siemens AG 2012

Documents

SIVACON LV56 Complete English 2011